DXKeeper Enhancement Requests

Number

Description

Version implemented

online help

1.0.1

improve Import error messages

1.0.2

add field for Canadian provinces

1.0.4

tab between log fields

1.0.5

progress report (text file)

1.0.6

progress summary (on-screen)

1.0.6

ARRL DXCC submission report (text file)

1.0.6

improve Import performance

1.0.6

ability to configure printer (orientation, paper size, etc.)

1.0.6

save printer name between sessions

1.0.8

ability to print QSL labels

1.1.0

log report (text file)

1.1.0

optional confirmation of QSO deletion

1.1.0

identify QSOs whose confirmation is required by specified DXing objectives and queue those QSOs for QSL printing

1.1.1

SpotCollector support

1.1.3

QSO Capture window

1.1.4

ability to lookup DXCC prefixes and country codes without requiring the presence of DXView

1.1.5

improved importing of Logger Name fields containing miscellaneous information

1.1.7

ability to generate a detailed progress report

1.1.7

clearing QSO Capture window fields should leave focus in callsign textbox

1.1.8

add QSO Capture window Start button to designate QSO start time

1.1.9

disentangle serial numbers from RST reports when importing from MMTTY

1.1.9

optional ability of QSO Capture window Lookup button to filter log for previous QSOs with captured Callsign

1.2.0

expand UTC filter range settings to include start and end date

1.2.3

if an existing file is designated as the recipient of exported records, allow the user to choose whether the file's current contents should be cleared before exported records are added

1.2.4

accept callsign from DXView

1.2.5

Award Objectives controls SpotCollector "needed" coloring

1.2.7

clicking CTRL<enter> in any Capture Window item is equivalent to clicking the Capture Window's Log button

1.2.7

improved error instrumentation

1.2.8

SpotCollector support

1.2.8

use PageUp and PageDown keys for database navigation

1.3.1

Pathfinder interoperation

1.3.1

ability to stop "Add to QSL Queue" operations before the entire log has been searched

1.3.3

high-resolution printing of QSL cards

1.3.3

print preview for QSL cards

1.3.3

one-button verification of QSOs approved by the DXCC desk

1.3.4

ability to clear the text boxes on the Configuration window's QSL Cards tab

1.3.5

ability to navigate among Capture window fields with keyboard commands

1.3.6

striking Enter after specifying a callsign (in either the main or Capture windows) places that callsign in SpotCollector's Spot Callsign field (SpotCollector 1.1.2 or later)

1.3.6

support for multiple QTHs when printing QSL cards

1.3.6

setting "QSL rcvd" to "R" results in generated card printing "please"

1.3.8

ARRL submission report includes 12m and 17m QSOs

1.3.9

optionally disable automatic setting of QSO start and end dates to facilitate manual entry of completed QSO data

1.4.1

enable filtering via SQL (structured query language) expressions

1.4.1

assume DXCC as the default award objective when generating needed QSL cards and labels

1.4.2

additional modes: SSTV, Hell, MT63, MFSK, Throb

1.4.7

ability to specify a default QSL msg

1.4.7

improved handling when TX# and RX# fields contain alphanumeric values

1.4.8

Call and DXCC filters accept * as a wildcard character

1.4.8

ability to delete all QSOs in the Log Page

1.5.0

Log Page sorting using QSL (structured query language) ORDER BY syntax

1.5.0

fill in QSO information from Callbook CD

1.5.1

DXCC entity name appears in QSO panel caption

1.5.1

Ability to create log file backups

1.5.1

when printing QSL cards or labels, print the band if the frequency is missing

1.5.5

expand width of Mode field from 4 to 6 for newly-created logs

1.5.6

option to substitute default operator callsign for missing operator callsigns in imported records

1.5.6

option to not print the operator callsign on QSL cards (so that cards may be pre-printed with this information)

1.5.7

double-clicking on a SpotCollector database entry clears the Capture window, sets the Capture window's callsign, frequency, and mode text boxes, and queries the RAC (if installed) for additional information

1.5.7

if the "Automatically Set Date and Time" box is not checked, double-clicking the End field sets the End field to the contents of the Begin field

1.5.8

the "Display seconds in date/time fields" checkbox determines whether seconds are displayed in Begin and End fields

1.5.8

support for DDE test and shutdown messages

1.5.8

export to eQSL.cc

1.6.1

automated upload to eQSL.cc

1.6.1

include ADIF ProgramID tag in exported file

1.6.2

option to export QSL information in ADIF format: callsign, date, time, frequency, mode, RST, QSL-via

1.6.3

display dates using the locale's standard format

1.6.3

enable the QSL_Sent field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y')

1.6.3

if the main window is minimized when a "lookup previous QSOs" operation is initiated either from the Capture window or via DDE (e.g. by double-clicking on a SpotCollector entry), the lookup will be performed but the main window will remain minimized

1.6.3

provide the option to automatically check the Capture window's QSL Request box when a callsign is first entered

1.6.3

if an imported ADIF record is missing a BAND field, the BAND field is computed from the FREQ field (if present)

1.6.3

support for DDE "new callsign, frequency, and mode" message (from SpotCollector 1.4.4 and later)

1.6.5

option to log import errors to a file, without limit

1.6.5

double-clicking in the QSL date sent and QSL date received fields sets the to the current date

1.6.5

provide detailed error reporting when the printer cannot be configured

1.6.6

report needed QSLs that are missing by prefix and age

1.6.6

accept PSK31 mode during import (convert to PSK)

1.6.7

flag dates before 1930 as erroneous

1.6.8

add HSCW to the mode listboxes

1.6.8

allow selection of all defined paper sizes

1.6.8

Plot button on Log QSOs panel should not clear DXView's spot display

1.7.3

expand width of County field to 30 characters in newly-created logs

1.7.3

ability to filter log display by mode

1.7.3

ability to filter log display by band

1.7.3

100

generate progress reports for Maidenhead grid squares and fields

1.7.3

101

the Capture window should indicate whether a newly-entered callsign has been previous worked, and should provide a means of rapidly displaying previous QSOs

1.7.4

add an Address field

1.7.5

102

provide a means to display or hide log panes from the log window

1.7.5

ability to specify log page display font parameters

1.7.6

103

populate the address field from the Radio Amateur's Callbook (if present)

1.7.6

104

Progress summary and report computes ARRL Challenge totals

1.7.6

105

Remember adjustments to log layout grid widths between sessions

1.7.6

ability to specify whether individual log page display fields are left-aligned or right-aligned

1.8.0

documentation for SQL filtering: legal field values, common operators, typical examples, URL to SQL reference

1.8.1

106

Added modes PAC, Pkt, and Tor

1.8.1

107

Hell, MFSK, MT63, Pac, Pkt, PSK, THROB, and TOR QSOs count towards RTTY awards

1.8.1

108

Add a note field to the Capture window

1.8.1

print envelopes or address labels from Address field contents

1.8.2

109

Double-clicking a QSO's address field displays an Address Editor window

1.8.2

110

Identify entries in the QSL queue for which addresses are not specified

1.8.2

111

double-clicking on main window's via field invokes Address Editor

1.8.3

112

double-clicking on main window's QSL Via field invokes Address Editor

1.8.3

113

main window's Max button is functional

1.8.3

114

ability to specify backup folder

1.8.4

115

after generating a report, display it in the default text file viewer

1.8.4

116

generate a Worked All States progress report

1.8.4

117

generate a Worked All Continents progress report

1.8.4

118

generate a Worked All Zones progress report

1.8.5

119

support ARRL verification of 30m QSOs

1.8.5

120

running the Worked All Zones progress report fills in missing CQ zone fields in QSO records

1.8.5

121

running the Worked All Continents progress report fills in missing Continent fields in QSO records

1.8.5

122

ability to select main page fonts and font metrics

1.8.5

126

enable the QSL_Rcvd field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y' or 'V')

1.8.6

128

allow specification of the first label present on the first page of labels

1.8.6

127

Capture window tracks data in WinWarbler's QSL Info panel (WinWarbler 2.4.2 or later)

1.8.7

129

permits RAC queries via DDE

1.8.7

130

add Address Editor buttons that query the RAC for the callsign and manager

1.8.9

131

restore or minimize main window on command from other DXLab applications

1.8.9

123

generate an IOTA progress report

1.9.0

124

obtain IOTA info from DXView for DXCC entities that are islands

1.9.0

132

supply GridSquare (when available) to DXView for more accurate positioning

1.9.0

133

allow other DXLab applications to reset the Capture window

1.9.1

134

Ctrl-RAC clears main window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook

1.9.3

135

Ctrl-Lookup clears the Capture window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook

1.9.3

137

notify DXView when a Recompute is in progress so that progress-plotting can be inhibited during this interval

1.9.4

138

<via> QSL substitution command allows a manager callsign to be printed on a QSL card

1.9.4

139

callbook searches that are unsuccessful because the callsign is not found in the callbook no longer pop up a message box displaying this information

1.9.5

141

automatically shift the Via field to upper case

1.9.5

147

Controls on Main and Capture windows are available via DDE

1.9.5

148

Inform the DXLab Launcher (version 1.0.6 or later) when the main window's windowstate (normal, miminized, or maximized) changes

1.9.8

149

provide support for the HamCall Callbook

1.9.8

150

provide support for the QRZ Callbook

1.9.8

151

update DXView with Log Filter expression whenever it changes

1.9.8

153

Capture window's QSL Requested checkbox should follow changes in WinWarbler's QSL Requested checkbox (WinWarbler 2.5.3 or later)

2.0.0

155

when directed by another DXLab application to minimize all windows, remember whether the Capture window was visible and if so, restore it when later directed to restore the Main window

2.0.0

156

the Capture window's Clear button will also clear the Log Filter

2.0.0

160

capitalize characters entered into the address editor's Callsign and Manager boxes

2.0.1

165

ensure that the Advanced Sorts and Filters window opens on-screen, rather than minimized

2.0.1

166

if a Capture field's data exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red and refuse to log the QSO

2.0.1

167

if a Default value in the Config window's General panel exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red

2.0.1

168

<iota> substitution command produces only the IOTA reference (the word IOTA is no longer generated)

2.0.1

169

when directed to clear the Capture window by another application, clear the Log filter

2.0.1

170

enable other DXLab applications to filter the Log Display

2.0.2

171

the Capture window's QSL Via and Notes fields track equivalent fields in WinWarbler's QSO Info panel (WinWarbler 2.5.6 or later)

2.0.2

142

add a "street address" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <streetaddress> substitution command that positions the street address on printed QSL cards

2.0.4

167

add a "postal code" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <postalcode> substitution command that positions the postal code on printed QSL cards

2.0.4

168

process substitution commands in an envelope's return address specification

2.0.4

163

provided for a default myQTHID

2.0.5

164

when given ADIF data by another application, fill in the Power, Operator, myQTHID and QSL Msg fields with specified default values if they are missing

2.0.5

166

County award tracking

2.0.5

169

if a report is initiated with the Log Filtered, notify the user and provide the option of clearing the Log Filter befroe executing the report

2.0.5

136

automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC entity when

a QSO's QSL_Rcvd field is demoted from "V" or from "Y"
when its band is changed
when its mode is changed, or when its DXCC prefix is changed

2.0.6

189

improvements to County report: number each line, provide summary of counties worked and confirmed, strip State abbreviation from County name (if present)

2.0.6

190

label the check boxes in the upper right corner of the Main window's Log panel

2.0.7

176

when looking up a callsign via DXView, supply the DXCC Prefix so that DXView (1.6.8 or later) can use this to determine the DXCC entity rather than perform a callsign lookup

2.0.7

177

automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC entity when

a QSL's QSL_Rcvd field is set to "I" or to "X"
a QSL's QSL_Rcvd field is demoted from "R" to "" (meaning set back to "worked")

2.0.7

174

Increase the widths of the Mode, County, Notes, QSL_Msg, myQTHID, and Contest_ID fields

2.0.8

178

strip any trailing CR-LF from the end of Commander's DDE Mode link so that alternate implementations of Commander written in Borland Delphi can provide a mode to DXKeeper

2.0.8

179

improve performance of Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission reports

2.0.8

180

add progress indicators to Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission, Maidenhead Field, Maidenhead Grid, IOTA, WAC, WAS, QAZ, and County reports

2.0.8

181

Editor for Capture notes, Main notes, Main QSLMsg and Setup QSLMsg fields

2.0.8

182

when filtering or un-filtering the Log Page Display, the currently-selected QSO remains selected after the operation (if it is present in the Log Page Display)

2.0.9

183

double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries callsign

2.0.9

184

double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries DXCC entity

2.0.9

185

flag myQTH fields that are too long, and prevent records containing such fields from being saved

2.1.1

170

Ability to set a specified field of all QSOs in the Log Page Display to a specified value

2.1.2

187

After an operation that modifies multiple QSOs, restore the filter and selection the their value before the operation

2.1.3

152

ability to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc with one gesture

2.1.5

188

Expand Broke filter to report QSOs with empty Call, Band, Mode, DXCCID (country code), QSO_Begin, and/or Operator fields

2.1.5

173

Instead of requiring myQTHIDs to be identical for QSOs to be confirmed on the same QSL card or label, require that all of the City, County, State, Country, and PostalCode myQTH fields be identical, thus allowing QSOs from the same location to be confirmed on the same QSL card even though their myQTHIDs are different

2.1.5

192

Accept command from other applications to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc

2.1.6

allow user-specified modes

2.1.8

194

Support modes specified by ADIF 2.X

Switch from "PSK" to "PSK31" as the primary mode representation for 31bps PSK
Switch form "MFSK" to "MFSK16" as the mode representations for 16-tone MFSK
Eliminate HSCW and EME as "built-in" modes

2.1.8

146

Allow specification of QSL label row height and QSL label width in either inches or millimeters

2.1.9

175

expand DXCC progress report to report DXCC entities worked but unconfirmed, indicating whether or not a QSL request has been sent

2.1.9

193

Optionally show card separation lines on printed QSL card pages

2.2.0

195

Allow specification of envelope label row height and envelope label width in either inches or millimeters

2.2.0

197

Add settings to the Config window's Envelopes tab

top margin
left margin
printer orientation (portrait vs. landscape)

2.2.0

199

include 30m confirmed QSOs in DXCC Challenge total

2.2.2

200

expand card separation lines on QSL card pages

2.2.2

203

when deleting a QSO, changing a QSOs DXCC prefix, band, or mode, or demoting a QSO's QSL Received status, don't recompute progress for the affected DXCC entity if the change can't negatively impact overall progress

2.2.5

204

Automatic recomputation window displays a progress bar

2.2.5

209

provide ability to set or clear all QSL queue enable checkboxes

2.2.7

210

provide the ability to upload to eQSL.cc without updating the QSO's QSL Sent and QSL Sent Date fields

2.2.7

211

provide the option for all QSOs logged via the Capture window to be uploaded to eQSL.cc

2.2.7

215

If run-mode is enabled, placing the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RST sent or rcvd fields will select field's current contents

2.2.7

216

depressing the Shift key while striking the <enter> key in the Capture window's Call textbox clears the name, QTH, state, county, and grid fields before querying the callbook

2.3.0

217

provide the option to record the default myQTH ID with each imported QSO

2.3.1

218

provide a report that contains the contents of the DXCC summary grid

2.3.1

212

add SAT_MODE and SAT_NAME fields, and default settings

2.3.2

219

provide the option to force no more than one confirmed QSO per QSL card or label

2.3.2

221

optionally disable the "send this QSL card to the DXCC desk" reminder

2.3.3

222

allow multiple QSL Messages to be defined, permit one of these to be selected as the current default, and allow an alternative QSL Message to be selected from the Capture window

2.3.3

158

when looking up previous QSOs with a station, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup so that all previous QSOs with the "base callsign" are shown

2.3.4

159

when looking up previous QSOs with a station, show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators.

2.3.4

223

automatically clear the Log Page filter on starting an Import operation

2.3.4

208

Permit automatic progress recomputation to be disabled

2.3.5

224

enable the Main window's QSL msg field control to choose a predefined QSL msg

2.3.5

225

enable the Capture window's QSL msg field accept arbitrary QSL messages

2.3.5

157

track progress for each band by mode

providing a Progress Details display on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that shows the 11-band by 4-mode progress matrix for the currently-selected Progress Table entry
provide DXView with the information it needs to display accurate 11-band by 4-mode progress matrices

2.3.6 (and DXView 1.7.3 or later)

226

Provide navigation among the Log Page display, Progress table, and Progress Details display

2.3.6

227

if the Call filter is invoked on a Callsign containing no wildcards (e.g. *), show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators.

2.3.7

228

if a log requires updating, offer to make a backup beforehand

2.3.7

229

color-code entries in the Progress Details grid

2.3.8

230

handle imported County fields that are missing state designators if the State field is present

2.3.8

231

replace tabs and multiple spaces within QTH or County fields with a single space

2.3.8

232

provide a WPX progress report

2.3.8

165

ability to generate a Spot from the Capture window

2.3.9

233

add mode totals to the WPX progress report

2.3.9

234

add Cabrillo export

2.3.9

235

when a QSO is selected in the Log Page display, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the QSO's DXCC entity

2.4.1

236

when the Capture window Lookup operation is invoked, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the callsign's DXCC entity

2.4.1

237

when directed by the DXLab Launcher, reset all windows to the primary monitor

2.4.1 (and DXLab Launcher 1.1.4 or later)

238

provide keyboard shortcuts for navigating among fields on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

2.4.5

239

provide additional automation for manual entry of completed QSOs via the Main window's Log QSOs tab

2.4.5

240

striking the up or down arrow keys in the Main window's QSO begin or QSO end fields adjusts the date and time by 1 minute, 10 minutes, 1 hour, or 1 day as a depending on whether the Ctrl, Alt, or Shift keys were depressed

2.4.5

245

apply first-letter capitalization to all-low-case words in the Name and QTH fields

2.4.6

247

provide an import option that when activated examines 2-character QTH fields and if appropriate copies them into STATE or PROVINCE fields (verify that DXCC entity is K or VE, and that abbreviation in QTH is a valid state or province)

2.4.6

197

Provide "Label ID" textboxes for wide and narrow QSL and Address labels

2.4.7

198

when performing a Callbook lookup, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup

2.4.7

201

Notify the user when a callbook search fails

2.4.7

249

optionally flags callsigns not containing at least one number and at least one letter as invalid

2.5.0

250

optionally sets QSOs with invalid callsigns to Broken during the Recompute function

2.5.0

251

Add PSK63 to the Advanced window's Mode filter

2.5.0

252

When printing 2-column (wide) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0

2.5.0

253

When printing 3-column (narrow) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0, or 2 columns per page if the column 3 offset is set to 0

2.5.0

254

use ALT keys for Main window and Capture window navigation shortcuts, thereby allowing the use of clipboard cut, copy, and paste operations

2.5.0

255

make notification of Callbook lookup failures an option

2.5.0

256

add "Export ADIF for LOTW" option to the Main window's Export tab that maps modes to those accepted by LOTW

2.5.0

257

provide a "QSL via ADIF" option on the Main window's QSL table that generates an ADIF file containing modes mapped to those accepted by LOTW

2.5.0

258

don't map PSK63 to PSK31 in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that LOTW accepts PSK63; unmap PSK125 as well on the assumption that this will be accepted

2.5.1

259

remove leading and trailing blanks from exported ADIF frequencies

2.5.1

248

allow window positions on secondary monitors to be stored between sessions

2.5.2

249

increase performance of automatic progress recomputation when DXView and/or SpotCollector are running

2.5.2

154

fill in DXCC prefix, DXCC ID, name, QTH, QSL_via, address,state, province, grid, IOTA, CQ, ITU, and Cont fields from information in previous QSOs, giving this information priority over information obtained via Callbook or DXCC database lookup

2.5.4

263

provide IOTA and QSL_via to applications requesting a Callbook Search via DDE (e.g. WinWarbler)

2.5.4

202

provide the option to highlight QSOs in the Log Page Display whose callsign, band, and mode match those in the Capture window

2.5.7

265

only map ASCI to DATA in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that the rest of the ADIF 2 mode enumeration is supported by LOTW

2.5.7

266

provide a Contest tab on the Configuration window that

enables or disables Contest-mode and Run-mode
specifies the current contest name
specifies the next transmit serial number
mirrors changes in WinWarbler's contest mode, contest name, and contest transmit serial number (requires WinWarbler 2.6.7 or later)

2.5.7

267

When Contest-mode is enabled, filtering the Log Page Display to show previous QSOs only shows those QSOs in the current contest

2.5.7

268

configure Import results textbox to serve as an OLE source so that results can easily be copied

2.5.8

269

record DDE import errors in Errorlog.txt if "Log Debugging Info" box is checked

2.6.0

270

on receipt of a DDE Log or eQSLLog command, capture the record to be logged and complete the DDE transaction; perform the logging operation on a separate thread

2.6.1

271

on receipt of a DDE "Clear Capture" command, reset the LastQSO information

2.6.2

272

when performing a Previous QSO search for external applications, make the number of previous QSOs available via DDE

2.6.5

273

60m support

band pulldown
frequency-to-band conversions
5332-5404 are acceptable frequencies in Capture window
Band Filter

2.6.5

274

entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time

2.6.6

275

striking Alt-B in any Capture window field sets the QSO begin time

2.6.6

276

re-implement previous QSO and callbook lookup for external clients so that the client doesn't wait

2.6.6

277

provide the ability to filter the Award Progress panel by band/mode, status, and deleted/undeleted

2.6.7

279

enable SpotCollector (2.0.4 or later) to direct DXView to rotate the antenna to the computed short-path or long-path bearing

2.6.9

280

provide the ability to optionally disable "entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time"

2.7.0

282

when searching for previous QSOs, only the Name and Address fields are updated from QSOs that don't exactly match search callsign (but do match the search callsign's base callsign)

2.7.1

283

if searching the callbook for a callsign fails and the callsign's base callsign is not identical to the callsign, perform a second callbook search on the base callsign; if this second search succeeds, update the Name and Address fields

2.7.1

284

improve contesting and Cabrillo support

2.7.2

179

If a Capture field caption is rendered in red when a Capture Log is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the Capture fields are successfully saved or cleared

2.7.4

285

add Capture fields for transmit power, CQ zone, and ITU zone

2.7.4

140

display the QSL manager on 2-column QSL labels (the contents of the via field if its a single word containing both letters and digits but no symbols other than /)

2.7.5

286

if an error occurs, the title bar should continue to display the number of QSOs visible in the Log Page Display

2.7.5

287

CTRL-A in any Main window or Capture window field selects the contents of that field

2.7.5

289

VUCC progress and submission reports

2.7.5

290

add 1.25m to the Band pull-down control

2.7.6

292

ability to control fonts used in QSL cards

2.8.1

294

force characters keyed into the WPX field to upper case

2.8.2

304

option to force English month abbreviations in dates within generated reports

2.8.3

305

option to use ISO 8601 format for dates within generated reports

2.8.3

307

on import, convert USB and LSB to SSB

2.8.3

308

striking the Tab key in either the Main window's Call field or the Capture window's Call field is equivalent to striking the Enter key

2.8.3

309

QSOs with begin dates prior to 1930 are reported by the Broken filter

2.8.3

310

attempted to delete more than 5 QSOs in a single operation (CTRL-Delete) will disable automatic recomputation during the operation and notify the operator to execute a Recompute

2.8.3

311

QSOs whose callsigns contain the Ø character will be flagged as erroneous during save or import operations, and by the Broken filter

2.8.3

313

Main window Save button renamed Log for consistency

2.8.3

314

Capture window Start button renamed Begin for consistency

2.8.3

315

Uses English months in dates on QSL cards and labels, independent of PC locale

2.8.3

319

ability to import ADIF files exported by DXBase

2.8.4

241

print preview for QSL labels

2.8.6

293

ability to control fonts used in QSL labels

2.8.6

326

create a separate QSL Configuration window for QSL settings

2.8.6

317

exclamation point in first character of callsign denotes a non-contact (for logging CQs, unanswered calls, tests, etc); such entries are not counted towards award progress nor exported

2.8.7

327

add support for 2190M, 4M, 13CM, 9CM, 6CM, 1.25CM, 6MM, 2.5MM, 2MM, 1MM, and SUBMM bands

2.8.7

328

improved support for satellite QSOs

new fields: propagation mode, rx freq, rx band
new default setting: propagation mode
QSL via LOTW and QSL via ADIF include SAT_NAME, SAT_MODE, PROP_MODE, FREQ_RX, and BAND_RX tags
new QSL substitution commands: <propmode>, <satname>, <satmode>, <rxfreq>, and <rxband>

2.8.8

330

Broke filter detects QSOs with satellite name but propagation mode not set to SAT

2.8.9

336

Import file selector shows files with .txt extension as well as .adi

2.9.0

322

the DXCC filter should accept a full callsign and show all QSO's with that callsign's DXCC entity

2.9.1

334

add a DXCC entity selector containing the names of all 393 valid DXCC entities to the Aux window

2.9.1

338

when the mouse hovers over the Log Page Display's DXCC prefix or country code columns, pop up the DXCC entity name

2.9.1

342

when a duplicate QSO is detected during import, display its ADIF fields in the import error textbox and file

2.9.2

343

if in the Config window's Contest tab, Contest-mode is enabled but the ContestID setting is empty, then filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs independent of the contest in which they were worked

2.9.2

344

information contained in imported <REMARK> tags (exported by LogWindows) is appended to the notes field

2.9.2

345

imported Prop_Mode information that exceeds the field-width (8) is appended to the Comment

2.9.2

260

provide an operation that performs a callbook lookup on every QSO visible on the Log Page, providing an address if one is not already present

2.9.3

341

set maritime mobiles and aeronautical mobiles to an empty DXCC Prefix and country code 0; update award tracking and reports to include or exclude mobiles as appropriate, and adjust the Broken filter to ignore QSOs with a missing DXCC Prefix

2.9.3

347

handles SpotCollector 1.1.2 (or later) Log Filter directives: show previous QSOs with the DX station's base callsign, or show previous QSOs with the DX station's DXCC entity

2.9.4

348

RST_Sent and RST_Fields automatically upper-case any characters (Main window, Capture window)

2.9.4

339

once the Capture window's Begin button is clicked, don't allow QSO information in the Capture window to be overwritten by a double-click on a Spot Database entry without giving the user the choice of first logging the Capture window QSO information or discarding the overwrite:

Yes: log the QSO in the Capture window and then populate the Capture window with the new Callsign and its associated info
No: populate the Capture window with the new Callsign and its associated info (current behaviour)
Cancel: ignore the new Callsign and place focus in the Capture window's call textbox

2.9.5

means of separate tracking the sending and receiving of QSLs conveyed by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and Logbook of the World (LotW)

2.9.7

206

Replace QSL database with a QSL table in each Log file

2.9.7

352

move the "DXCC Submission Reminder" and "Default myQTH ID" settings from the Config window's General tab to its Log tab, and store these settings in each log file rather than in the Windows registry

2.9.7

353

provide an RR button in the Main window's QSO panel that sets both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R'

2.9.7

354

checking the Capture window's QSL Requested box will set both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R'

2.9.7

356

Ctrl-double-clicking an entry in the QSL queue selects and displays the associated QSO in the Log Page Display

2.9.7

363

provide a DXCC report that shows confirmations by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, LotW, and the combination of QSL cards and LotW

2.9.7

357

when inspecting LotW QSLs, ignore data mismatches due to leading zeros in CQ or ITU fields

2.9.8

358

ability to terminate an in-progress inspections of eQSLs, LotW QSOs, or LotW QSLs

2.9.8

359

capitalize any gridsquare, IOTA tag, or state data obtained from LotW and used to update a logged QSO

2.9.9

360

With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, the Main window's New button should set the RST sent and rcvd fields to 59 or 599 if these fields of the current QSO are unspecified

2.9.9

361

With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, setting QSL_Rcvd to 'Y' will not automatically set QSL_DateRcvd to the current date

2.9.9

362

include LotW confirmation in the following reports: DXCC Summary, DXCC Progress, DXCC Submission, VUCC Progress, VUCC Submission, WAC, and WAS

2.9.9

364

provide the option to restrict the downloading of LotW QSOs and QSLs to those matching a specified operator callsign; store this setting in each log

2.9.9

365

provide the option to report downloaded LotW QSLs that don't match any QSO in the current log as errors; store this setting in each log

2.9.9

366

provide the option to consider a downloaded LotW QSL to match a logged QSO if the callsign, date/time, band, and mode are match without requiring the operator callsign to also match; store this setting in each log

2.9.9

367

provide an LotW filter that displays all QSOs whose LotW field is set to U

3.0.0

368

provide an SQL filter button on the Main window's Filter panel that invokes the first SQL search on the Advance window's SQL Query Filters panel

3.0.0

369

make it clear that its the LotW web account password that is required

3.0.1

374

accept a DXCC prefix from SpotCollector and initialize the Capture window with it

3.0.1

375

add an Export ADIF for eQSL.cc option

3.0.1

376

if Clear QSL Queue is unable to match a QSL entry with a logged QSO, notify the user so an Recompute can be performed to restore the Progress Table to consistency

3.0.2

377

Accept optional DXCC prefix via DDE "new callsign" directive

3.0.2

378

optionally set eQSL Sent and/or LotW Sent to 'R' on import

3.0.2

379

ensure that County field is properly formatted on export and import, inserting the State abbreviation if necessary

3.0.2

380

option to determine whether an outgoing card or label should set its QSL? field to "thanks!" if the QSO is already confirmed in LotW

3.0.5

382

offer to reset the log filter if eQSL or LotW synchronization is invoked with the log filtered

3.0.7

383

option for operator to manually query LotW and place the query results in a specified file (useful when your PC has no Internet connection)

3.0.7

384

County report detects and reports QSOs in which the state in the county field doesn't match the state field

3.0.7

385

provide option to enable/disable the dialog that prompts the user when an action would overwrite unsaved data in the Capture window

3.0.9

394

ability to prevent Add Needed from requesting confirmation for all QSOs with a station for which confirmation of one QSO is needed

3.1.2

318

eliminate requirement for colon separating hours and minutes in begin/end fields

3.1.3

391

CTRL-W in Capture window should clear all fields and set focus in the Callsign field

3.1.3

393

make the Sync eQSL QSLs error file more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall)

3.1.3

396

option to prevent the upload of QSOs to eQSL.cc whose operator callsigns don't match the eQSL.cc username

3.1.3

397

ability to specify a time range for duplicate detection on import

3.1.7

399

make the Sync LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs error files more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall)

3.1.7

400

provide the option for Sync LotW QSOs to report unmatched QSOs as errors

3.1.7

401

when importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is Alaska or Hawaii with no STATE specified, set the STATE to AK or HI respectively

3.1.7

402

add DXCC entity names to the ARRL DXCC submission report

3.1.9

300

Ability to save and restore Log Page Display configurations to and from files

3.2.2

405

clicking a Log Page Display column header should sort the Log Page Display by that column

3.2.2

406

after entering a new callsign in the Main window, filter the Log Page Display for previous QSOs if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is checked

3.2.2

407

on import, convert modes BPSK and BPSK63 to PSK31 and PSK63 respectively

3.2.4

408

clicking the Callsign box in the Address editor's Callbook Lookup panel will update the Address editor's QSL Manager textbox if the Callbook yields a QSL manager

3.2.5

409

reduce minimum label row height from .75 inches to ,5 inches

3.2.6

412

double-clicking a Main window item's caption selects that item:

the item immediately receives focus
the item's caption is rendered in bold font
navigation to another QSO will place focus in the selected item

Adding a new QSO automatically selects the Call item

3.3.3

413

Ctrl-F within any item in a panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab will move the mouse cursor to the Filter textbox

3.3.3

414

Main window Alt-key shortcuts are effective from within the Filter textbox

3.3.3

415

Additional Filter textbox shortcuts:

Ctlr-B: filters the Log Page Display for broken QSOs
Ctlr-C: filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with the specified Callsign
Ctrl-D: filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with the specified Callsign's DXCC entity
Ctrl-1: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #1
Ctrl-2: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #2
Ctrl-3: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #3
Ctrl-4: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #4

3.3.3

416

Ctrl-X in the Main window's Filter textbox resets the Log page filter so that all QSOs are visible there

3.3.4

417

The mouse cursor is placed in the currently-selected item when

a panel is added or removed from the Main window's Log QSOs tab
the Main window's Log QSOs tab is clicked
the Main window is restored (from being minimized) with the Log QSOs tab visible
a Log, Undo, CBA, or Delete operation is completed

3.3.4

418

add a "QSL via tab-delimited file" option to the Main window's QSL tab

3.3.6

421

Duplicate checking on Import defaults to disabled

3.3.8

426

ability to export in tab-delimited format

3.3.8

427

when mouse cursor hovers above a DXCC prefix in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab, display a popup showing the DXCC entity name

3.3.9

428

add the following items to tab-delimited files generated via the main window's QSL or Export tabs: DXCC entity name, name, transmitter power, QTH, and contest identifier

3.3.9

429

add the following QSL substitution commands: <dxccentity>, <name>, <txpower>,<QTH>, <contestid>

3.3.9

430

include new version of QRZ32.dll released with volume 22 that can reference a QRZ database that has been installed on a hard drive (doesn't work; removed in 3.4.4)

3.3.9

431

if the Log Page Display configuration includes the country code, the Log report appends the full DXCC entity name to the country code of each QSO

3.3.9

395

print QSL labels at higher resolution

3.4.0

432

option to include eQSL.cc confirmations in DXCC award progress, and WAS/WAC reports

3.4.2

433

add ARRL Section item to Awards panel when DXCC country is US, HI, AK, KHn, or VE

3.4.2

434

hide State and Province items from Awards panel if DXCC country is not appropriately, US, HI, AK, or VE

3.4.2

435

when the user strikes the Newline key in the Main or Capture window's QTH field, the QTH field is inspected word by word for a Grid Square or for

a US State abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is USA, Alaska, or Hawaii)
a Canadian Province abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is Canada)
an ARRL section abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is the USA, Alaska, Hawaii, US Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, US Pacific possessions, or Canada)

If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will be placed in the appropriate QSO fields, replacing any existing information in those fields.

3.4.3

436

If the Recover missing information from imported QTH box is checked, each imported QSO's QTH field is inspected word by word for a Grid Square or for

a US State abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is USA, Alaska, or Hawaii)
a Canadian Province abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is Canada)
an ARRL section abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is the USA, Alaska, Hawaii, US Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, US Pacific possessions, or Canada)

If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will only be utilized if field specifications are absent from the imported QSO.

3.4.3

438

the Main and Capture windows determine CQ and ITU zones from their respective State, Province, and Grid fields

3.4.3

439

when possible, determine State and/or ARRL Section from country code

3.4.4

440

increase the maximum number of definable bands, revert to a DefaultBands.txt file if no Bands.txt file is present, and initialize the Main and Capture window Band controls with the bands defined in the file

3.4.4

444

provide a log recovery operation

3.4.5

445

allow the specification of Export notes for placement in the generated ADIF header

3.4.5

448

Depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Capture window's Spot button provides a dialog box to capture spot notes

3.4.5 (requires SpotCollector 2.3.8 or later)

455

to improve performance, don't display the QSL Queue during an Add Needed, Add Requested, Update Log, and Clear QSL Queue operations

3.4.8

390

in the Main window, switch "beginning of Log Page Display" and "end of Log Page Display" to CTRL-Home and CTRL-End; use Home and End for "beginning of field" and "end of field"

3.4.9

459

uses concise "" cfms a 2X QSO with " and " cfms 2X QSOs with " confirmations on 2-column as well as 3-column labels to make more room available for the QSL manager

3.5.0

460

provides a "Include QSL Mgr in confirmation" setting that determines whether or not the contents of the QSO's Via item are included in the confirmation of 2-column labels if those contents are a valid callsign

3.5.0

450

option to preset signal reports to 59 or 599 as appropriate for the mode

3.5.2

461

accept .adf as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files

3.5.2

462

remember "check duplicates" state between sessions

3.5.2

464

provide a substitution string that represents <current data> so that the Modify QSOs panel can pre-pend or append information (as opposed to replace information)

3.5.2

466

make "Via" visible in the QSL Queue

3.5.3

468

QSL Queue column widths should persist between sessions

3.5.3

469

clicking in QSL Queue headers should sort the QSL Queue by that header (alternate ascending/descending)

3.5.3

471

in the QTH item, don't capitalize "nr" or "de la"

3.5.3

472

un-checking Run Mode with Contest Mode enabled displays a reminder that Run Mode will be checked when DXKeeper next restarts

3.5.3

474

ability to compensate for printer margins so that all 4 QSL cards on a page are formatted identically

3.5.4

477

ability to specify QSL card dimensions

3.5.4

478

in the QTH item, don't capitalize "in", "near", "on", "by", "upon", and "under"

3.5.4

481

n the QTH item, don't capitalize "aan", "bij", or "op"

3.5.6

482

when a new QSO is created with "optimized for realtime entry" unchecked, set the QSO start time to 1 second after the begin time of the last QSO logged

3.5.7

486

provide the ability to specify QSL card top and side borders

3.5.7

489

accept .adif as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files

3.5.8

494

the Address File report should be preceded with "Address changes should be made using the Address Editor, as modifications to this file will have no impact on logged QSOs or printed envelopes"

3.5.8

495

If the DXCC filter is invoked and the Filter Textbox contains the callsign of the currently-selected QSO, then use the DXCC prefix logged in the QSO

3.5.8

487

provide audible confirmation of a QSO being logged (e.g. 1 beep), and of a flashing caption (e.g. multiple beeps)

3.6.0

490

add a second bank of four SQL queries

3.6.0

491

add a substitution command <filtertextbox> that can be embedded in SQL queries and is replaced by the value in the Filter panel textbox

3.6.0

492

add a "Include QSL Mgr & Pse/Tnx QSL" setting in the 3-wide label panel of the QSL Config window's QSL Labels panel that when checked places the following information along the bottom margin of each 3-wide label:

the contents of the QSO's QSL Via item if it is a valid callsign
'pse QSL' unless all QSOs on the label have been confirmed, in which case 'tnx QSL!' is printed

3.6.0

493

add an Include QSL Mgr in confirmation box to the QSL Configuration window's QSL Card tab that when checked appends the contents of the QSL Via item -- if a valid callsign -- to the QSL card's confirmation line

3.6.0

500

ALT-CBA should prompt the user to backup the log

3.6.2

502

provide the ability to execute scripts containing commands that filter the Log Page Display with SQL expressions and modify all QSOs in the Log Page Display

3.6.4

503

prevent modify commands in scripts from executing unless the most recent filter command succeeded

3.6.5

504

prevent modify commands in scripts from changing a date item to an invalid date

3.6.6

473

provide the option to print 1 QSL card per page

3.7.0

507

shade unprintable areas in the print preview window

3.7.0

509

the Recompute function on the Main window's Check Progress tab should flag as broken any QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time

3.7.1

510

refuse to log a QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time; flash the End time label in red

3.7.1

511

make the Capture window resizable

3.7.2

512

flash the erroneous captions of any Broken QSO

3.7.2

513

double-clicking the Operator item on the Main window's Log QSO tab sets the Operator item to the default operator callsign (Config window, General tab)

3.7.2

514

on the QSL Setup window's Labels tab, provide a Bottom Line panel to specify font metrics for the "QSL Mgr & pse/tnx" line

3.7.3

519

interpret '' (back-to-back single apostrophes) as the new value in a scripts modify command as "clear the field"

3.7.4

520

if the "Initialize RST fields to 59/599" setting is enabled and an RST field in the Main or Capture window gains focus, pre-select the contents of the field

3.7.5

522

while downloading LotW QSLs, keep track of new confirmations and report them when the operation is complete

3.7.5

525

display "Last QSO Info" in the Capture window when the Window is vertically expanded to show it

3.7.5

526

extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to interpret <item> in the "new item value" to mean "contents of the item in the current QSO"

3.7.5

499

extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to provide an adjust date/time" capability that lets you add or subtract arbitrary time intervals from each selected (in the Log Page Display) QSO's Begin or End field

3.7.7

527

correctly capitalize miles, mi., meters, km, km., NE, NW, SE, SW, NNE, NNW, SSE, SSW, ENE, WNW, ESE, and WSW in Main and Capture window QTH fields

3.7.7

528

maintain the myQTH list and myQTH dropdown selectors in alphabetical order of myQTH ID

3.7.8

529

enlarge the Main window's myQTH tab

3.7.8

530

For an ARRL-verified QSO, ADIF export should place a 'Y' rather than 'V' in the ADIF QSL_Rcvd field, and place a 'Y' in the newly defined APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field. For a QSO that has not been ARRL-verified, ADIF export should place an 'N' in the APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field.

During ADIF import, an imported APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field containing a 'Y' will set the imported QSL_RCVD to 'V', independent of the QSL_RCVD field. For backwards compatibility, a QSL_RCVD field of 'V' will continue to be accepted during import, even though DXKeeper will no longer export ADIF fields containing this value for QSL_RCVD.

3.7.8

483

when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO as a duplicate, report the upload as successful and update the status of the logged QSO to reflect its having been successfully uploaded

3.7.9

531

add the ability to specify a printer paper source

3.7.9

532

add the ability to specify that QSL cards be printed 1-up aligned on the printer's left-side paper guide

3.7.9

533

grid squares keyed into the Main or Capture window's Grid item should be properly capitalized

3.8.0

534

extract grid square information from the Main or Capture window's QTH items for DXCC entities that have no ARRL section

3.8.0

535

properly capitalize HI, AK, PR, and VI in Main and Capture window QTH items

3.8.0

536

clearing the Main window's Frequency item does not clear the Band item

3.8.0

536

changing the Main window's Band item clears the Frequency item

3.8.0

537

if the Mode is changed in the Main or Capture window and "Initialize RST items to 59/599" or "Run-mode" are checked, that window's RST_Sent and RST_Rcvd items are modified as follows:

If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item is empty, it is set to 59/599 as appropriate for the mode.
If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains one character, or more than 3 characters it is left unmodified.
If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains 2 characters and the new mode requires a 3-character RST, then a "9" is appended to the 2-character RST
If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains 3 characters and the new mode requires a 2-character RST, then the third character is removed

3.8.0

544

re-arrange the Main window's QSO panel so that the Mode item follows the Call item

3.8.3

545

when the Main or Capture window's Frequency item gains focus, select the contents of the item

3.8.4

546

when printing a QSL card 1-up left-aligned, place the card in the upper right quadrant (rather than the upper left)

3.8.6

547

when initializing a newly-created QSO in the Main window, use the previously-logged QSO's frequency and mode if the "Optimize for Realtime Entry" box is unchecked -- whether or not Commander is running

3.8.6

548

remember the printer quality setting between operating sessions

3.8.6

549

provide the option to compact the log database

3.8.6

551

logging a QSO via the Main or Capture window should flag the IOTA field if it is invalid, and place the fields contents into standard CC-NNN format

3.8.8

553

changing the Main window's QSL Sent item to 'Y' with the QSL Date Sent item empty and "Optimize for real-time entry" enabled will set the QSL Date Sent to the current UTC date

3.9.0

554

if the DXCC filter fails to map the callsign in the Filter panel to a DXCC entity, then assume the Filter panel contains an Entity Prefix and filter the Log Page Display by that Entity Prefix

3.9.0

555

selecting an ARRL section in the Main window's Log QSOs tab will select a State or Province if it can be unambiguously determined from the section, country code, and gridsquare (if specified)

3.9.0

556

importing a QSO that contains a country code and ARRL section but is missing a state or province should fill in the state or province from the country code, section, and grid square (if provided) if this can be unambiguously determined

3.9.1

557

handle prefix special cases:

associate KC4XXX with Antarctica (US bases)
associate KA2XX through KA9XX with Japan (foreign operators)

3.9.2

558

remove leading and trailing spaces from exported items

3.9.3

559

export the myQTHID item in the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID

3.9.3

560

provide the option to export the following ADIF 2.0 tags for QSOs containing a myQTHID:

MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_COUNTRY, MY_CQZONE, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITUZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON, MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE,MY_STREET

3.9.3

561

provide the option to import a myQTHID from the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID; if this myQTHID is not defined among the current log's myQTHs, create it, and populate it with information from any MY_ tags in the ADIF record

3.9.3

562

provide the option to suppress the grid lines separating the rows and columns of QSO information on QSL cards

3.9.3

563

apply the Main window's Log Panel font metrics to the Capture window

3.9.5

564

display the contents of the Award Progress and Progress Details grids in bold font

3.9.5

565

accept a gridsquare from SpotCollector and DXView (when the user double-clicks on a spot)

3.9.6

567

eliminate the half-space between a QSL label's confirmation line and its grid heading

3.9.8

568

if a bold font is chosen for information in the Main window's Log QSO panels, then use a bold font to display information in the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grids

3.9.8

569

Save ADIF File (Main window, QSL tab) should include the QSL_RCVD field if its not empty

3.9.8

573

when logging a QSO via the DDE interface, inspect the QTH field for State and Province abbreviations and if appropriate copy them into STATE or PROVINCE items, also setting the ARRL SECTION, CQ, and ITU if they can be unambiguously determined from the STATE or PROVINCE.

3.9.9

574

change the Capture window's DXCC tooltip to display the name of the selected DXCC entity

4.0.0

575

ensure that the Default Operator callsign is upper case

4.0.0

577

enlarge the Capture window's IOTA item

4.0.1

578

when directed to perform a "new entry" operation by SpotCollector, make the results the previous QSO and Callbook lookup operations available to WinWarbler

4.0.1

516

DXCC submission report should only suggest cards needed to fulfill objectives defined on "DXCC/Top bands and modes" panel on the Config window's Awards panel

4.0.5

550

provide the option of filtering DXCC/VUCC progress reports by the Log Page Display filter

4.0.5

579

If the Advanced window's Modify QSOs function is used to modify QSL Rcvd or LotW QSL Rcvd items, notify the user that award progress may have been impacted and offer to invoke the Recompute function

4.0.5

281

compute and display the minimal DXCC submission

4.0.6

521

provide a DXCC submission window from which the user can

assemble a DXCC submission, represented by QSOs whose QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd items are set to 'S', and described by a DXCC Submission report (by entity)
display all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display
document all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display with a ARRL-compliant Record Sheet
"promote" all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display by setting each QSO's QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd item from 'S' to 'V'
reset all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display by setting each QSO's QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd item from 'S' to 'Y'

4.0.6

581

if either a card or an LotW credit can be submitted to verify a QSO, submit the card (its cheaper)

4.0.6

582

display Entity progress in the Award Progress grid on Main window's Check Progress tab

4.0.6

583

expand the progress filtering capability on the Main window's Check Progress tab

4.0.6

584

CTRL-U in the Main window's Filter textbox invokes the UTC filter

4.0.6

586

When responding to a double-clicked spot database entry in DXKeeper, provide last QSO info for WinWarbler

4.0.8

588

When performing a "lookup" via DDE, determine the CQ and ITU zones from the state or province if they were not determined from previous QSOs

4.0.8

589

Setup Capture window fields to track new WinWarbler QSO Info fields (WinWarbler 3.4.7 and later)

4.0.8

590

Accept directive from WinWarbler (3.4.7 or later) to initialize the Capture window's myQTHID if its not already set

4.0.8

593

Provide separate Submission functions

Assemble submission
View submission
Create Planning Report (sorted by DXCC entity name)
Create QSL Card Record sheet
Create LotW Record Sheet (sorted by by DXCC entity name, band, mode)
Verify Submission
Reset Submission

4.0.9

594

If both QSL cards and LotW Credits are to be included in submissions, provide the ability to specify a preference when an entity, entity-mode, or band-mode can be verified with a confirmed QSL card or an LotW credit

4.0.9

595

provide an Award Progress Filter panel with separate band and mode selectors

4.0.9

596

provide the ability to generate a DXCC Progress report based on the Award Progress Filter panel settings

4.0.9

597

Provide an End button in the Capture window to record the QSO end time, mark the QSO as ended; and display the Begin button

4.1.0

598

When downloading LotW QSLs, report any that confirm previously unconfirmed entity-modes or entity-bands

4.1.0

599

When downloading LotW QSLs, reject CQ zones and/or ITU zones that are inconsistent with the DXCC entity

4.1.0

600

letting the mouse cursor hover over a State or Province item in the Main or Capture window will display an explanatory popup bearing the full name of the state or province

4.1.0

601

If the Modify QSOs function is used to change the DXCC Prefix of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the Country Code of these QSOs to the matching value; Conversely, if the Modify QSOs function is used to change the Country Code of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the DXCC Prefix of these QSOs to the matching value.

4.1.0

602

provide the ability to specify a expiration interval for outstanding QSO cards; the Card Aging report should offer to set QSL_Rcvd and LotW_Rcvd to 'X' for any QSO whose confirmation has not occurred within the specified interval

4.1.0

603

the "include eQSL.cc ..." box on the Config window's Awards tab applies to the VUCC Progress and Submission reports

4.1.0

604

provide an "include LotW..." box on the Config window's Awards tab that determines whether LotW confirmations are considered in the VUCC, WAS, and WAC reports

4.1.0

605

clicking the Submission panel's View Submission button filters the current Log Page Display to show only those QSOs with QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y'; CTRL-clicking this button shows all QSOs whose QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y'

4.1.0

606

extract QSL_Via from Callbook lookup results

4.1.0

607

don't automatically setting an RST sent/rcvd field to 59/599 if a report has already been specified

4.1.0

608

the DXCC submission should identify the minimum set of Cards or LotW Credits required

4.1.1

609

enhancements to Fix Scripts

Added DA (Germany)
Added KZ5 (Canal Zone)
Added ST0 (Southern Sudan)
Added ZS9 (Walvis Bay)
Added ZS0 (Penguin Island)

4.1.1

610

if invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the VUCC progress and submission reports should inform the user and provide the option to reset the filter before proceeding

4.1.2

611

DXCC submission planning report should indicate the # of cards and the # of LotW Credits being submitted

4.1.2

612

improve submission optimization: identify card and LotW ideal doubletons in a single pass, followed by non-ideal doubletons in preference order, followed by singletons in preference order

4.1.2

613

include the propagation mode item in QSO information uploaded to eQSL.cc

4.1.3

614

improve Pathfinder interoperation when working from the Capture window

4.1.3

615

capitalize counties entered into the Main or Capture window

4.1.3

617

accept a DDE command to import a specified file

4.1.4

618

when a HamCall CDROM entry is missing a first name, return the last name (which in these cases may contain both first name and last name)

4.1.5

622

add DDE commands to invoke AddRequested, set the CommandInProgress flag, and reset the CommandInProgress flag

4.1.9

623

add DDE commands to open the last log file, and close the log file

4.2.0

381

if a logged QSO has an associated QSL Queue entry and the logged QSO is modified, propagate the modifications to the QSL Queue entry

4.2.2

592

while Contest Mode is disabled, don't log the TX#, RX#, or Contest Name items (facilitate non-contest QSOs in the middle of a contest)

4.2.2

619

if the Log Page Display is empty when the user invokes Add Needed, Add Requested, or Clear QSL Queue, display a dialog box informing the user

4.2.2

624

when selecting the Main window's QSL or Export tabs with the Log Page Display filtered, include the Log Page Display filter in the dialog box informing the user

4.2.2

626

during HamCall CDROM lookups, retrieve QSL Manager callsign

4.2.2

627

Advanced sorts can be directly modified

4.2.2

628

Log Page Display sorts are retained between operating sessions, and automatically applied when opening a new log

4.2.2

629

Replace "F" in the Progress and Detailed Progress grids with "C"

4.2.2

632

If a Main or Capture window item has a default value, Ctrl-double-clicking the caption of that item will display the Configuration window and place the mouse cursor in the default value,

4.2.3

633

Ctrl-double-click Main window's eQSL.cc and LotW panel captions activates associated tabs of QSL Config window

4.2.3

634

export eQSL and LotW sent and received dates in ISO YYYY-MM-DD format

4.2.4

635

accept YYYYMMDD format in eQSL and LoTW send and received dates

4.2.4

636

when logging in the Main window with "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, initializing the start time for QSO N+1 to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second]

4.2.5

637

provide an option for Add Needed to request confirmations for all unconfirmed QSOs whose QSL manager will receive a request to confirm a needed QSO

4.2.5

638

if a Log Page Display column is directly expanded, contracted or moved, and if the Config window's Log tab specified a valid Log Page Display configuration file, then DXKeeper will prompt the user to update that configuration file

4.2.5

639

expand Advanced window's UTC filter to allow Center date and Lower Bound to be specified; initiating UTC filter from Main window's Log QSO tab with a valid date in the Filter panel sets the Center date or Lower Bound to the Filter panel date before initiating the filter. A blank Upper Bound is interpreted as "now".

4.2.6

640

provide an "optimize for roundable QSOs" option that determine whether, ith "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, the start time for QSO N+1 is initialized to [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second], or to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second]

4.2.7

641

provide duplicate QSO count via DDE

4.2.7

642

include the QSL manager in the QSL address report

4.2.7

643

add 4M to the Band Filter

4.2.9

646

when the Address Editor's Callsign or Manager buttons are clicked, query the user before replacing existing address or QSL Manager information with information from the callbook

4.3.2

647

make QSL Via accessible to external applications via DDE topic DXKeeper|DDEServer and DDE item QSLMode. When QSLMode contains the empty string, no QSL Mode has been selected; otherwise, the following values are used:

0 - cards
1 - 3-column labels
2 - 2-column labels
3 - eQSL.cc
4 - LotW
5 - ADIF file
6 - tab-delimited file

4.3.4

648

when importing

if recovering information from the QTH field, set the CQ and ITU zones where possible
if a US State or Canadian Province is specified, set the ARRL section, CQ zone, and ITU zone if possible
if an ARRL section is specified, set the US State or Canadian Province, CQ zone, and ITU zone if possible
for DXCC entities that are US possessions, set the ARRL section, CQ zone, and ITU sone if possible

4.3.6

649

when specifying a State, Province or ARRL section, or when importing a QSO that specifies a State, Province, or ARRL section, set the QSO's continent item

4.3.7

652

interpret "DC" as Maryland when encountered in the QTH field of a QSO being logged or imported

4.3.8

654

provide the option to specify the ADIF tag from which State, Province, and ARRL Section is recovered during import operations

4.3.8

655

provide the option to replace the Operator Callsign and/or Contest ID during import operations

4.3.8

442

sort QSL cards and labels by DXCC entity rather than callsign (if the Via item contains a manager, sort by the manager's DXCC entity)

4.4.0

495

add a field to the QSL Queue that records the logged QSO's original QSL Rcvd item so that it can be correctly restored by a Clear QSL Queue operation in all possible scenarios

4.4.0

585

include the fields SRX and STX in the PrintQueue table, provide substitution commands <srx> and <stx> so they can be reported on QSL-cards, and include them in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs

4.4.0

661

include the fields QSL_SENT and QSL_RCVD in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs

4.4.0

663

provide an Add All function on the Main window's QSL tab that generates QSL Queue entries for all QSOs in the Log Page Display

4.4.1

664

accelerate the operation that propagates a change to a QSL Queue entry's address and/or manager to other QSL Queue entries with the same callsign and to associated logged QSOs.

4.4.2

191

Extend the myQTH tab to include Rig, Operator Name, and Email Address
Provide substitutions commands to permit the above information to be printed on QSL cards
Export the above information in tab-delimited files (via both QSL and Export operations)

4.4.4

665

Automatically upload QSOs to LotW

accept specification of TQSL.exe location
accept optional specification of TQSL station location

4.4.4

667

if a QSO containing an erroneous item is selected, enable the panel containing the item

4.4.4

669

on frequency capture and import, remove leading zeros in the hundred-mHz and ten-mHz positions, and trailing zeros in the hundred-Hz, ten-Hz, and one-Hz positions

4.4.4

670

improved error messages when www.arrl.org/lotw is down

4.4.4

671

when printing QSL cards or labels, ensure adjacency for those destined for the same QSL manager

4.4.4

672

ignore imported STATE and COUNTY fields unless the imported DXCC entity is one that has states or counties, and ignore an imported PROVINCE field unless the imported DXCC entity is Canada.

4.4.4

677

allow imported STATE and COUNTY fields for non-Canadian DXCC entities (reversal of 4.4.4 given proximity of ADIF 2.0 support)

4.4.5

679

sort addressed envelopes or envelope labels and address report entries in same order as QSL cards/labels

4.4.5

680

replace TQSL station location textbox with a selector populated from TQSL's station location definitions

4.4.5

681

if "Upload to LotW" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue

4.4.5

682

if "Upload to eQSL.cc" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue

4.4.5

684

provide a Download eQSLs function that invokes the selected browser and navigates to the eQSL.cc page from which the InBox can be downloaded

4.4.7

685

configures TQSL to not prompt for a date range

4.4.8

686

Add ARRL Section and Continent selectors to the Capture window

4.4.8

687

In Main and Capture windows, Alt-1 navigates to the ARRL Section item (if visible)

4.4.8

688

Add WA, EFL, and WFL to the Main and Capture window ARRL Section selectors

4.4.8

691

"Download LotW QSLs" logs into eQSL.cc and navigates directly to the user's eQSL.cc Inbox

4.4.9

692

compensate for erroneous TQSL mode mappings when synching QSOs and QSLs

CLOVER => CLO
PACTOR => PAC
PACKET => PKT
THROB => THRB
AMTOR => TOR

4.5.1

695

provide option to print Band instead of Frequency on QSL cards

4.5.2

696

provide "Display Error Log" button on Config window's General tab

4.5.2

698

add key to award progress codes on Main window's Check Progress tab, and enable Main window width adjustment when the Check Progress tab is selected

4.5.2

703

expand the function of "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" to locate the eQSL.cc inbox, download the inbox, and update the log to reflect confirmations

4.5.3

644

add an "guarantee unique start times" option to the import tab that when checked ensures that each imported QSO has a start time later than its predecessor; if this isn't the case, the imported QSO's start time is set to its predecessor's start time plus 5 seconds

4.5.4

704

If QSL Via is set to LotW and the "PC has no Internet connection" option enabled, replace the "Upload to LotW" button with a "Prep LotW update" button and an "Update Log" button

4.5.5

706

provide a contest mode option that, when enabled, causes DXKeeper to activate the Capture window (if visible or minimized) or the Main window's Log QSO tab and place focus in the RX# textbox when the user double-clicks on a Spot Database entry, DXView spot, or Commander Bandspread spot

4.5.6

707

if "provide audio feedback" and "contest mode" are both enabled, sound an audible alert when a duplicate QSO is entered into the Capture window

4.5.6

708

all Advanced window textboxes should interpret CTRL-A as select the textbox contents

4.5.6

709

if the Capture window is not visible when DXKeeper terminates, it should remain invisible when DXKeeper is next started

4.5.6

710

depressing the CTRL key while unchecking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will hide the associated Log Panel and will increase the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically shrink the Main window.

4.5.6

712

selecting a satellite name in the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the propagation mode to "sat"

4.5.7

713

if a script contains the command Retain Filter then do not restore the original filter after the script is executed

4.5.7

714

when executing a script, only prompt the user to create a log backup if the script contains one or more Modify commands

4.5.7

716

if a DX spot is activated via SpotCollector or DXView or Commander, and the Capture window is closed, and "Optimize for real-time QSO entry" is enabled, then create a new QSO and initialize from the Spot Database entry

4.5.7

717

depressing the CTRL key while checking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will display the associated Log Panel and will decrease the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically expand the Main window.

4.5.7

719

provide HF and VHF buttons in the DXCC/Top and WAZ panels on the Config window's Awards tab; clicking these buttons checks all HF or VHF band boxes respectively

4.5.7

721

provide a "New QSO on DX Spot activation" option that if enabled, creates a QSO in the Main window when a DX Spot is activated (in SpotCollector, DXView or Commander) with the Capture window closed and Optimize for realtime QSO entry checked

4.5.8

722

in script files, accept the command LogReport with a single parameter that specifies the filename into which the the report should be generated.

replace any occurrence of < operator> in the report filename with the operator callsign (from the Default Settings panel on the Config window's General tab)
replace any occurrence of <date> in the report filename with the current UTC date in the format dd-mmm-yyyy (e.g., 25-JAN-1952)
replace any occurrence of <ISOdate> in the report filename with the current UTC date in the format yyyy-mm-dd (e.g., 1952-01-25)

4.5.8

723

in script files, accept the command Sort with a parameter specifying a sort expression

4.5.8

724

if one or more commands fail during execution of a script, notify the user and display the script log file

4.5.8

725

the Log Report should include the Log Page Display Filter and Sort in its header

4.5.8

726

clicking a ? button in the Capture window places the mouse cursor in its associated textbox or selector so that keyboard shortcuts can immediately be utilized

4.6.0

727

inserting a ! in front of the Capture window's Callsign textbox and clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with a country code of 0

inserting a ! in front of the Main window's Callsign textbox and clicking the Main window's Log button will log the QSO with a country code of 0

4.6.0

728

allow script files to utilize the extension .scp as well as .txt, and remember the user's most recent choice

4.6.1

729

script log files utilize the extension .log

4.6.1

730

detect and report the situation where an upload to LotW receives no response

4.6.1

731

use new LotW upload URL

4.6.1

720

when a Log Page Display column is resized, determine if a previously visible column was shrunk into invisibility, or if a previously invisible column was expanded into visibility; in either case, update the Log Page Display configuration table

4.6.2

732

use modified LotW Query syntax to work around LotW defect

4.6.2

733

restores LotW Query syntax now that LotW defect is corrected

4.6.3

734

if the Windows Script Host is not installed, inform the user, and then terminate

4.6.4

736

if "Substitute for missing operator callsigns" is checked and an imported QSO contains an OPERATOR tag containing only space characters, substitute the operator callsign

4.6.4

737

improve error reporting for "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs"

4.6.4

740

provide a button on the Main window's Check Progress tab that displays the contents of DXKeeper's Reports folder

4.6.5

742

provide an option for the user to manually download an eQSL Inbox to be used by the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation

4.6.8

743

increase width of TX# and RX# fields from 8 to 16

4.6.8

746

attempting to log a QSO whose begin or end date is more than 60 minutes in the future will fail, with the offending item's caption flashing in red font

4.6.8

747

provide an "Import from Writelog" option that when enabled enables DXKeeper to correctly interpret Writelog DXCC prefixes in imported <PREF> tags to ensure that each imported QSO is assigned to the correct DXCC entity

4.6.8

748

provide an "Add Requested no dup band-modes" option that prevents the Add Requested function from generating a QSL Queue entry unless doing so would give the receiving station a new confirmed band or mode, or unless the QSL Via panel is set to LotW or eQSL.cc

4.6.8

744

provide a TX Exchange textbox on the Config window's Contest tab

4.6.9

745

if the Contest Style is set to State QSO Parties, Cabrillo log records will

include the TX Exchange along with the transmit sequence number captured in the TX# item
include the received sequence number and received County abbreviation parsed from the captured RX# item

4.6.9

749

add <callsign> and <destination> substitution commands

4.6.9

750

eQSL.cc and LotW upload and synchronization status windows are "always on top"

4.6.9

751

provide a "Claimed Score" textbox on the Config window's Contest tab

4.7.0

752

present zeroes rather than blanks in cells in tables in HTML progress reports

4.7.1

753

provide the option of specifying HTML to be inserted before the DXCC Summary report table

4.7.1

754

improve performance of AddNeeded, AddRequested, and AddAll by eliminating unnecessary use of DXView

4.7.2

755

improved reporting of explanation when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO

4.7.2

756

tolerate and report a JRun Server Error from eQSL.cc during an upload

4.7.3

757

on Config window's Contest tab, make ARRL section a selector

4.7.3

758

on Config window's Contest tab, make Contest Name a selector, automatically select the Contest Name when its unambiguously specified by the Contest Style, but retain the ability to specify an arbitrary contest name (e.g. for State QSO parties)

4.7.3

759

make Log Recovery more bulletproof

4.7.4

711

Provide an option for Function keys in the Capture window to be conveyed to WinWarbler

4.7.5

760

add Cabrillo Category panel to Config window's Contest tab

4.7.5

761

ability to generate Cabrillo for Sweepstakes contests

4.7.5

762

move "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" from the Config window's General tab to the Config window's Callbook tab

4.7.5

763

create a General tab in the QSL Config window and moving the following checkboxes from the Config window's General tab the the QSL Config window's General tab:

Preset 'QSL Requested'
Confirm multiple QSOs per QSL
Add Needed requests all with same call
Add Needed requests all with same mgr
Add Requested no dup band-modes

4.7.5

764

QSL Config window borders should not be resizable

4.7.6

765

if the specified Backup folder doesn't exist, create it

4.8.4

766

allow more QSOs to be printed on a QSL card if

the station callsign is not displayed and no text is specified in the 2nd through 4th lines of the "upper left" and "upper right" text
no "lower left" or "lower right" text is specified

4.8.4

767

notify DXView when DXCC award objectives change

4.8.6

768

If the DXCC award objectives indicate that a mode is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry in that mode, then the background of that mode's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color. Similarly, if the DXCC award objectives indicate that a band is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry on that band, then the background of that band's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color.

4.8.6

769

When a callsign is entered in either the Main window's Log QSOs tab or the Capture window and Enter or Tab is struck, color the callsign based on need for the entity, entity-band, or entity-mode, as specified by the Config window's Awards tab:

red: unworked
blue: worked, but not confirmed
black: confirmed

4.8.6

770

When performing a lookup for WinWarbler, include an indication of degree of need for the entity, entity-band, and entity mode as specified by the Config window's Awards tab

4.8.6

771

right-clicking on a QSO in the Log Page Display produces a menu containing the following choices:

Add to QSL Queue (the current QSL mode is shown in parenthesis)
Print QSL card (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
Print Envelope (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
Upload to eQSL.cc (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
Upload to LotW (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)

4.8.6

772

provide the option to display an Import Award Progress Report

4.8.6

773

provide a QTH CQ setting on the Config window's Contest tab

4.8.8

774

Cabrillo support for ANARTS-RTTY, UKSMG, and Volta contests

4.8.8

775

improve specificity of "log must be updated" messages

4.8.9

777

add AO-51 and VO-52 to satellite selector

4.8.9

780

when directed by SpotCollector to initialize the Capture window with a new callsign, provide the "needed" information to WinWarbler so it can properly color the callsign

4.8.9

781

during import, interpret a DXCC entity code of 433 as "North Korea"

4.9.1

782

provide option to generate confirmed and worked files for IOTAMem4WIN

4.9.1

783

automatically set spot notes to grid square for spots on 6m and above

4.9.2

778

add "Query Callbook for missing items" option to Main window's import tab

4.9.4

784

inform the user when LotW upload or Sync operations are failing because Internet Explorer's "Work Offline" function is enabled in its File menu

4.9.4

785

On the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the "Limit QSO and QSL downloads to this operator callsign" setting is renamed "Limit Add and Sync operations to this operator callsign", and governs the AddRequested and AddAll operations as well as Syhc LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs

4.9.4

786

the "Add Needed requests all with same call" and "Add Needed requests all with same call" now consider base callsigns

4.9.4

788

provide the option to set the Default Focus on the Main window's Log QSOs tab to either the QSO panel's Call textbox or the Filter panel textbox

4.9.4

789

include the DXCC country code in tab-delimited exports

4.9.4

791

provide ability to perform callbook lookups via QRZ.com

4.9.5

792

allow the user to specify a timeout for callbook lookups via QRZ.com

4.9.8

793

accept QSL Manager info from QRZ.com lookups

4.9.9

794

disable the Print Preview window's Next button if there are no more cards or labels to preview

4.9.9

795

provide an option that determines whether call areas of US stations will be used to deduce CQ and ITU zones if more precise information (previous QSOs, state, ARRL section, Callbook) is unavailable and the call area fits entirely in the zone

5.0.0

800

For QSOs above 50 mHz, the Capture window's Spot function will set the default spot notes to "DX Gridsquare > Spotter Gridsquare" if the DX Gridsquare is specified in the Capture window, and if the operator's Gridsquare is specified on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab

5.0.2

801

Print Preview window displays parameters describing the current printer's printable area

5.0.3

802

Print preview for QSL labels shows the printable area, and reports any information that would be printed outside the printable area

5.0.3

803

QSL and address label column positions are absolute, rather than relative to the printer's printable area

5.0.3

804

provide a Databases tab on the Config window that shows the pathname and version for the DXCC and IOTA databases

5.0.3

805

provide a "None" option on the Config window's Callbook tab

5.0.4

807

ALT-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry performs a DXView lookup (if DXView is running)

5.0.7

809

record DXLab application connectivity in the errorlog.txt file

5.1.1

810

if DXView is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare DXView unavailable

5.1.3

811

if DXView is running but fails to respond to a Lookup or PrefixLookup request, retry the operation; if the retry fails, satisfy the request via the local DXCC database, and declare DXView unavailable

5.1.3

812

if SpotCollector is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare SpotCollector unavailable

5.1.3

813

provide a New button in the "Log file" panel on the Config window's Log tab

5.1.3

814

if the data downloaded by LotW in response to a SyncLotWQSOs or SyncLotWQSLs does not contain QSOs or QSLs respectively, display the contents of the downloaded file before informing the user

5.1.3

815

provide Cabrillo export support for the CQ-WW-RTTY contest

5.1.4

816

allow QSL substitution commands in QSL messages

5.1.4

817

provide an option to not log the Capture window's Contest, TX#, and RX# items when not in Contest mode

5.1.6

818

provide the option to include LotW and/or eQSL.cc confirmations in Maidenhead Field and Maidenhead Gridsquare award progress reports

5.1.6

819

if contest mode is enabled, display the current contest ID in the Main window's title bar; if the current contest ID is not specified, display "Contest: ?"

5.1.7

820

place confirmed and worked totals at the top of the Worked All Counties report

5.1.8

824

with contest mode enabled and the mouse cursor in the Capture window's call texbox, striking the Tab key should place the mouse cursor in the RX# textbox

5.1.8

826

with the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RX# textbox, striking the Tab key moves the mouse cursor to the RST_Sent textbox

5.1.9

822

don't prevent script execution if the Log Page Display contains no QSOs

5.2.0

827

disable the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option if no Callbook is selected and installed

5.2.0

828

retain the Award Progress filter checkbox settings between operating sessions

5.2.0

834

in Log Page Display, show QSL sent/received dates in system short date format

5.2.3

835

use ISO format for all dates embedded in generated report filenames

5.2.3

836

accept a command line argument that specifies the pathname of a log to open

5.2.3

837

use ISO format for the date embedded in generated log backup filenames

5.2.4

842

provide an empty entry in the printer selector on QSL Config window's Printer tab so that the current printer can be de-selected

5.2.9

848

provide the ability to plot QSOs in the Log Page Display on DXView's world map

5.2.9

864

increase the maximum number of band definitions to 400

5.3.2

865

inform DXView when all logged QSOs have been conveyed by the Plot command

5.3.4

869

provide an option to print capitalized addresses on envelopes and address labels

5.4.2

878

changing the myQTHs panel's latitude or longitude textbox updates its gridsquare textbox, and vice versa

5.4.3

879

when not in Contest mode or Run mode, depressing the SHIFT key while striking the Enter key in the Callsign textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab initializes the QSO and places the mouse cursor in the QSO Begin textbox rather than the Mode textbox

5.4.6

868

provide an "always on top" option for the Capture window

5.5.0

881

add CTRL-B and CTLR-E Capture window short cuts for beginning and ending a QSO

5.5.1

882

shift QSL manager callsigns returned by a callbook lookup to upper case

5.5.3

883

remember the position of the LotW upload window between uploads

5.5.4

886

if on startup the specified log file does not exist, and if the specified log file matches the default log pathname, then ask the user if the log should be created

5.5.7

892

the Recompute function ensures that each QSO's DXCC Prefix matches it's DXCC ID; if a QSO's DXCC ID is invalid, the QSO is flagged as broken.

5.6.0

893

the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs, and any QSOs flagged as broken

5.6.1

894

the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs when a QSO's DXCC Prefix is cleared because its DXCC ID is 0

5.6.2

895

add an entry for Montenegro to the ValidZones.txt file

5.6.2

896

with "import from Writelog" enabled, accept APP_WRITELOG_IOTA tags

5.6.3

897

provide an explanation of QSL SENT and QSL RCVD codes that appears to the left of the Main window's QSL panel when that panel is visible

5.6.5

898

include LotW confirmations in the WAS report without requiring "include LotW confirmations in...." box to be checked

5.6.6

899

add 'N' to the QSL_SENT selector, meaning "don't send an outgoing card"

5.6.6

901

double-clicking on the QSL_SENT_DATE should set the current date and set QSL_SENT to 'Y'

5.6.8

902

when processing QSLs downloaded from LotW, update a QSO's LOTW_QSL_SENT to 'Y' if its confirmed (as the uploaded QSO must have been accepted by LotW)

5.6.8

903

add additional choices to the satellite mode and default satellite mode selectors, and permit the user to specify satellite modes not present in either selector

5.6.8

904

provide an "import from WinLog32" option that when enable, accepts WL_REMARK tags and places their contents in the notes item

5.6.9

907

In the Grid textbox in Awards panel of the Main window's Log QSOs tab

double-clicking or striking the Enter key conveys the grid to DXView
CTRL-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the short-path heading
ALT-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the long-path heading

5.7.3

908

In the Capture window's grid textbox,

double-clicking or striking the Enter key conveys the grid to DXView
CTRL-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the short-path heading
ALT-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the long-path heading

5.7.3

923

when exporting the QSL Queue to an ADIF or tab-delimited file, the generated file should be sorted in order of DXCC_SORT followed by DEST_SORT

5.7.8

871

provide the option to remove tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file, and an "import from Logic" option that when selected removes tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file

5.8.1

929

when exporting a tab-delimited file via the Main window's export tag, includes

the State (for US, Alaska, Hawaii), Province (for Canada), or empty (for all other DXCC entities)
the County (for US, Alaska, Hawaii), or empty (for all other DXCC entities)

5.8.2

930

when reporting a last QSO that's missing a frequency, report the band

5.8.3

931

display progress when stripping binary tags from an imported file, and permit this operation to be aborted

5.8.3

932

expand QSL substitution commands found in the QSL msg item when uploading to eQSL.cc or LotW, or when generating an ADIF or tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue

5.8.3

243

on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should report progress based on all QSOs visible in the Log Page Display, rather than on all QSOs in the Log

5.8.4

934

provide CQ DX Marathon Progress and Submission reports, with the ability to specify a maximum transmit power and ignore QSOs that exceed this transmit power

5.8.4

935

when performing a SyncLotWQSOs operation and encountering an accepted QSO whose LotW_SENT_DATE is not specified, set LotW_SENT_DATE to the the "last QSO accepted" date provided by LotW

5.8.4

936

provide an "ignore propagation mode" option to the Marathon tab on the Config window's Award's tab that when checked considers all QSOs for Marathon awards regardless of their propagation mode

5.8.5

937

provide the ability to print batches of self-addressed envelopes

5.8.5

938

if a Marathon progress or submission report score is 0, inform the user that there are no QSOs conforming to the transmit power category that satisfy the band and propagation mode rules

5.8.6

939

double-clicking a Capture window textbox or selector label filters the Log Page Display for that textbox or selector's current value

5.8.7

940

provide Marathon zone credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs

5.8.7

941

increase speed of deleting all QSOs in the Log Page Display

5.8.7

942

clicking the Capture window's Clear button requests confirmation before clearing the Capture window; ALT-clicking the Capture window's Clear button does not request confirmation

5.8.7

943

Provide a "Prompt on Capture clear" setting that determines whether a confirmation dialog appears when the user clicks the Capture window's Clear button

5.8.8

947

on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should include entity names

5.9.0

948

expand the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option to also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items

5.9.1

949

the Main window's CBA function should also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items

5.9.1

960

enable an eQSL.cc QTH Nickname to be specified

5.9.2

961

when uploading a QSO to eQSL.cc, include the QTH Nickname if one is specified

5.9.3

962

provide the option to not display dynamic information in window title bars (Vista workaround)

5.9.3

978

If generating an IOTA report assigns IOTA tags to QSOs missing such tags, list these QSOs in the first section of the generated report.

5.9.5

985

In the Capture window with SpotCollector running, CTRL-S sends an outgoing spot, and CTRL-T prompts for spot notes and then sends an outgoing spot

5.9.6

989

accepts CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Primary Administrative Entity to from SpotCollector (when available)

5.9.7

1016

when a QSL Queue containing too many fields is encountered, delete it and recreate it

5.9.8

ADIF 2.0 import and export

6.0.0

278

provide the ability to select individual QSOs and to use this selection to filter the Log Page Display

6.0.0

288

ability to generate SWL confirmations via cards and labels

6.0.0

298

convert QSL Sent and Rcvd items from 'text' to 'date' so that SQL queries can be used;

6.0.0

340

log both Freq and Freq_RX where possible; move Freq_RX and Band_RX to Main window's QSO panel, provide option for Freq_RX to appear in Capture window, rename Freq to TX Freq, and TX Band

6.0.0

386

eliminate existing null items and ensure that no new null items are created when QSOs are created or imported

6.0.0

387

Provide 8 user-defined items

provide the ability to to specify the following for each user-defined item
- the field's caption, e.g. FISTS
- the field's style: integer, positive integer, number positive number, alphanumeric lower-case alphanumeric, alphabetic, lower-case alphabetic, upper-case alphabetic, list of values specified in a file
- alignment: left, center, right
- a default value
Store the above information in each log (not the registry)
Provide the option to save user-defined item definitions to a file
Provide the option to load user-defined item definitions from a file

6.0.0

404

convert FREQ and FREQRX field formats to numeric to facilitate filtering and sorting

6.0.0

465

expand width of QTH item to 1024, and the RST Sent/Rcvd items to 8

QSL card and 2-wide labels display only 3 RST_Sent characters
<QTH> substitution command displays a maximum of 30 characters

6.0.0

496

improve support for QSLing via the bureau:

add a QSL_SENT_VIA item to each log
add a QSL_SENT_VIA control to the Main window's Log QSOs tab
add a QSL via Bureau checkbox to the Capture window
provide a setting that checks the QSL via Bureau box each time a QSO is logged via the Capture window (Config window, General tab)
provide a setting that sets QSL_SENT_VIA to 'B' when importing QSOs that are missing a QSL_SENT_VIA tab (Main window, Import tab)
don't print address labels or address envelopes for Bureau QSLs; address report should say "via buro"
provide option to print "via buro" on cards or 2-column labels

6.0.0

517

add Station Callsign and Owner Callsign items

provide a default Station Callsign
provide a default Owner Callsign
provide <ownercallsign> and <stationcallsign> substitution strings for use in log report filenames generated from within scripts
extend QSL operation
- provide <mycall> substitution command the returns the QSO's Station Callsign
- provide <opcall> substitution command that returns the QSO's Operator Callsign
- provide <ownercall> substitution command that returns the QSO's Owner Callsign
extend Import operation
- provide an option to substitute the default Station Callsign into imported QSOs containing no Station Callsign tag
- provide the option to replace the imported Station Callsign with a specified Station Callsign
- if an imported QSO contains no Station Callsign tag but does contain an Operator tag and neither of the above substitution options are enabled, import the contents of the Operator tag as the Station Callsign
- provide an option to substitute the default Owner Callsign into imported QSOs containing no Station Callsign tag
- provide the option to replace the imported Owner Callsign with a specified Owner Callsign
- if an imported QSO contains no Owner Callsign tag but does contain an Station Callsign tag and neither Substitution option is enabled, import the contents of the Station Callsign tag as the Station Callsign; if no Station Callsign tag is present but an Operator tag is present, then import the contents of the Operator tag
extend Export operations
- Export Station Callsign and Owner Callsign tags
- Use the Station Callsign in Cabrillo headers
- Export the Station Callsign in tab-delimited files
reference station callsigns (rather than operator callsigns) in LotW and eQSL.cc upload and synchronization operations

6.0.0

571

provide a QSO Number item, and automatically assign new QSOs the next QSO number

6.0.0

658

provide new fields to record antenna azimuth, antenna path, antenna elevation, latitude, longitude, and distance

updating a QSO's grid square recomputes its latitude and longitude, and if the antenna path is set to short path or long path, computes the distance and antenna azimuth
updating a QSO's latitude or longitude recomputes its grid square, and if the antenna path is set to short path or long path, computes the distance and antenna azimuth
changing a QSO's antenna path recomputes its azimuth and distance
allow distances to be specified and displayed in miles or kilometers

6.0.0

689

automatically update all log entries

eliminate null fields
normalize frequency format
populate QSO Number field

6.0.0

697

provide a filename field that designates a file containing information relevant to the QSO

6.0.0

702

provide support for ADIF 2.X Primary and Secondary Administrative Entities:

the Main window's Awards tab and the Capture window will display appropriately-labeled abbreviation selectors for those DXCC entities that define primary administrative entities, and textboxes for those DXCC entities that define secondary administrative entities (see the ADIF 2.1.5 spec in this reflector's Files area). For a US station, you will still see State abbreviation selector and a County textbox. For a Canadian station, you will still see a Province abbreviation selector. For a Russian station, you will see an Oblast abbreviation selector, an Oblast number textbox, and a District textbox.
ADIF defines the District of Columbia (DC) as a Primary Administrative Entity of the US. DXKeeper's WAS report treats QSOs with stations in the District of Columbia as being in Maryland; its "Worked All Counties" report treats QSOs with stations in the District of Columbia as being in Maryland's Washington County.
ADIF defines Newfoundland and Labrador (NL) as a Primary Administrative Entity of Canada, replacing the previous separate provinces of Newfoundland and Labrador
ADIF defines the 28 Alaskan Counties enumerated in

http://www.qsl.net/kl7j/county.htm

so these are what DXKeeper expects you to log in Alaskan QSOs. DXKeeper's "Worked All Counties" report automatically maps these counties to the correct Judicial District and reports your County progress accordingly.

6.0.0

798

add new fields to support VHF/UHF weak-signal operation

MAX_BURSTS
MS_SHOWER
NR_BURSTS
NR_PINGS
QSO_RANDOM

6.0.0

799

add fields for SFI, A, and K indices and auto-fill from default values linked to SpotCollector

6.0.0

829

provide fields for email address, web page, and LotW membership

6.0.0

840

double-clicking an item label on the Main window's Log QSOs tab selects the item, places the mouse cursor in that item, and renders the label in underlined (rather than bold) font

6.0.0

841

add latitude and longitude items to myQTH specifications

typing a valid grid square into a myQTH with no latitude or longitude specified computes the latitude and longitude
typing a valid latitude and longitude into a myQTH with no grid square specified computes the grid square

6.0.0

844

increase the speed of the "delete multiple QSOs" operation

6.0.0

845

striking a letter or number key in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab selects the first table entry whose DXCC Prefix begins with that letter or number; if no table entry begins with that letter or number, the table's first entry is selected.

6.0.0

847

with Optimize for Realtime Entry un-checked, the following items in the Main window's Log QSOs panel are initialized to the value logged in the previously-entered QSO rather than the default value specified in the Configuration window:

Transmit power
my QTH ID
Satellite Name
Satellite Mode
Propagation Mode

6.0.0

870

ignore downloaded eQSL.cc QSOs marked as SWL reports (rather than report a mismatch)

6.0.0

877

change the TX_PWR field type to NUMBER

6.0.0

880

add a field called TEMP for temporary use (no export or import)

6.0.0

910

add a SUBMODE field

6.0.0

912

When importing and exporting QSL_RCVD, use APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_EXPIRED to convey values for 'X'

6.0.0

916

expand myQTHID field width to 64

6.0.0

918

don't "count" CW QSOs towards CW if made before 1975-01-01

6.0.0

919

provide a Sel filter that populates the Log Page Display with QSOs whose Select item is set to 'Y'

6.0.0

951

provide a means of identifying QSOs with 4U1VIC ITU Vienna International Center, GM/Shetland Shetland Is., IG9/IH9 African Italy, IT Sicily, JW Bear Is., and TA1 European Turkey and include this in the CQ DX Marathon progress and submission reports

6.0.0

963

provide the ability to specify the number of decimal digits shown in Log Page Display frequency columns

6.0.0

964

provide a DOK field and cross-references from DOK code to name

6.0.0

970

designate the Notes item as Comment for ADIF consistency

6.0.0

972

remove unnecessary RR buttons from the Online QSO panel's eQSL and LotW sub-panels

6.0.0

974

support eQSL.cc incremental QSL downloads

"Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" only requests new QSLs created since the last invocation
depressing CTRL while invoking "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" requests all QSLs

6.0.0

986

populate the Default Contest ID and Import Contest ID Replacement selectors with ADIF-specified contest IDs

6.0.0

987

filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs with a specified station shows only QSOs in the current year whose recorded Contest ID matches the Contest ID setting on the Config window's Contest tab

6.0.0

990

with "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" enabled when logging a new QSO via the Main window's Log QSOs tab, information from previous QSOs is used to initialize the new QSO

6.0.0

991

clicking the Filter panel's X button while depressing the CTRL key will clear any Log Page Display filter and then sort the Log Page Display in UTC order

6.0.0

992

the "Sync LotW QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via LotW and sorts the Log Page Display in order of LotW Date Received

6.0.0

993

the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc and sorts the Log Page Display in order of eQSL Date Received

6.0.0

994

provide an option on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that determines whether missing items like CONT, CQ, ITU, and ARRL Section are determined from the imported QSO's DXCC entity and primary administrative entity when possible

6.0.0

995

Make the Capture window height adjustable, enabling or disabling items as required

6.0.0

996

add modes introduced in ADIF 2.1.9:AMTORFEC, CHIP128, CONTESTI, DOMINOF, FMHELL, FSK31, HELL80, PSK10, PSK63F, PSK220F, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKFEC31, PSKHELL, QPSK31, QPSK63, QPSK125, RTTYM, THRBX, VOI

6.0.0

997

support the INTERNET PROP_MODE

6.0.0

999

provide the option to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log Page Display by CTRL-clicking the Filter panel's Sel button

6.0.0

1000

provide an option on the Main window's Import tab to set Select to Y for all imported QSOs

6.0.0

1001

provide the ability to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log from the Main window's Import tab

6.0.0

1005

callbook lookups of US stations append the state to the QTH

6.0.0

1004

export Operator Callsign and Owner Callsign in tab-delimited files

6.0.1

1008

change FL, Dade to FL,Miami-Dade

6.0.2

1018

when the Log Page Display is sorted by double-clicking a column header or after an LotW or eQSL Sync operation, the Sort panel's caption indicates how the log page display is sorted

6.0.2

1021

in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the code label of a QSO whose country code is missing

6.0.6

1022

in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the DXCC label of a QSO whose country code doesn't match its DXCC prefix (unless the callsign begins with !)

6.0.6

1023

when scrolling through the Log Page Display using up/down arrow keys or Page-Up/Page-Down keys, defer progress, DXView, and Pathfinder lookups until the scrolling stops on a QSO

6.0.8

1024

when performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation, consider a mode of PHONE returned by LotW as compatible with a logged mode of AM, FM, or SSB

6.0.9

1026

if the "Add Needed", "Add Requested", or "Add All" operations are invoked on the Main window's QSL tab with the Log Page Display filtered, informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter.

6.0.9

1027

if the Main window's QSL tab is selected with the Log Page Display filtered, no longer informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter

6.0.9

1028

when initializing a QSO with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled, set its End date and time to its Begin date and time

6.1.1

1029

provide a default Antenna Path setting

6.1.2

1031

striking CTRL-ALT-C in the Filter panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

sets the current QSO's QSL received item to "Y" (yes)
sets the current QSO's QSL date received item to the current UTC date
if a card was not previous sent, sets the current QSO's QSL sent item to "R" (requested)

6.1.2

1032

increase the SWL callsign length to 32

6.1.2

1033

ignore an attempt to display an additional panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab if there's insufficient room

6.1.2

1034

provides an "Export ADIF 1.0" option on the Main window's Exports tab

6.1.2

1035

provides a DX4WIN option in the "ADIF style options" panel on the Main window's Imports tab than when selected extracts name and QTH information from NOTES tags, and LotW confirmation from COMMENT tags

6.1.2

1038

improve the WAZ report

generate a mixed 5BWAZ report
generate a mixed report for each enabled Band
generate a detailed by-enabled-mode report for each enabled Band
eliminate redundant 160m pages

6.1.9

1036

striking the Enter or Tab key in the "Log QSO" tab's QSO Begin box should compare the QSO Begin and QSO End date-times; if the QSO End date-time is earlier than the QSO Begin date-time, QSO End should be set to QSO Begin

6.2.0

1037

Accept Logger32-specific ADIF tags during import when set to "standard ADIF"

APP_LOGGER32_LAT and APP_LOGGER32_LNG
APP_LOGGER32_STATE and APP_LOGGER32_CNTY
APP_LOGGER32_LOTW_SENT and APP_LOGGER32_LOTW_RCVD
APP_LOGGER32_EQSL_SENT and APP_LOGGER32_EQSL_RCVD
APP_LOGGER32_QSL
APP_LOGGER32_eQSL
APP_LOGGER32_LoTW

6.2.0

958

enable the script mechanism to process the a Report command that can generate a log reports and progress reports for DXCC, VUCC, IOTA, WAC, WAZ, Maidenhead Fields, Maidenhead Gridsquares, US States, and US Counties

6.2.1

1015

add an option to ignore printer margins

6.2.1

1046

when CTRL-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry, only clear the Log Page Display entry if necessary to make the associated QSO visible

6.2.1

1047

double-clicking in the "rx freq" item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab sets the "rx freq" to the "tx freq"

6.2.1

922

provide a function that scans all QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates their LotW membership from the database of known LotW members

6.2.2

1049

when "optimize for real-time QSO entry" is disabled, allow direct editing of the Main window's primary and secondary subdivision administration textboxes

6.2.2

1050

expand the capacity of the Name and QSL_Via items to 1024 characters

6.2.5

1051

adds keyboard shortcuts to the Filter textbox on the Main window's "Log QSOs"tab

Home - move cursor to before the first character in the Filter textbox
End - move cursor to after the last character in the Filter texbox
CTRL-Home - display the first QSO in the Log Page Display
CTRL-END - display the last QSO in the Log Page Display
PageUp - display the previous QSO in the Log Page Display
PageDown - display the next QSO in the Log Page Display

6.2.5

1052

improve the tooltips in the Date Format panel on the Config window's Reports panel

6.2.5

1053

recover LotW and DXCC credit information when importing ADIF files generated by DXBase

6.2.5

1054

double-clicking the Capture window's "RX Freq" item sets it to the value in the "TX Freq" item

6.2.8

1056

increase the speed of the Recompute operation

6.3.0

1057

if a Default myQTH ID is specified on the Config window's Log tab, then when the Main window's "my QTHs" tab is selected, make that default myQTH ID current

6.3.0

1060

In the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel, provide the option to determine TX Band or RX Band by adding a <compute> option in the Item New Value selector

6.3.1

1063

create a "Duplicate checking" panel on the Main window's Import tab

6.3.2

1064

add a "Consider primary and secondary administrative subdivisions" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its primary and secondary administrative subdivisions match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match

6.3.2

1065

add a "consider gridsquares" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its gridsquare match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match

6.3.2

1066

in items in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-S is a shortcut for "set QSL_SENT to 'Y' ", and CTRL-R is a shortcut for "set QSL_RCVD to 'Y' "

6.3.2

1067

when performing a lookup for other DXLab applications, include LotW membership in the results

6.3.2

1068

the "Add Needed" operation will not add an unneeded QSO to the Queue because "Add Needed adds all with same call" or "Add Needed adds all with same Manager" is enabled if that QSO's QSL_RCVD item is set to 'X'

6.3.3

998

generate a DOK progress report

6.3.7

1070

if Subdivision award checking is enabled, correct misspelled US counties during Import and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations

6.3.7

1071

when "Sync LotW QSLs" returns a confirmation from a callsign, set "LotW Member" to 'Y' for all QSOs with that callsign

6.3.7

1072

in the Capture window, CTRL-F initiates a Lookup

6.3.8

1073

characters typed into the Main window's primary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled should be automatically shifted to upper case

6.4.1

1074

characters typed into the Main window's DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case

6.4.1

1075

characters typed into the Capture window's primary administrative subdivision, DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case

6.4.1

1076

if the Subdivisions box is checked in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, then the Recomp function should correct common misspellings of Canadian Province abbreviations and US Counties

6.4.1

1077

the "Check Progress" tab's WPX function should generate a WPX status report showing all worked or confirmed WPX prefixes in addition to the summary report it currently produces

6.4.1

1078

allow the Region item to be set to YU8 (Kosovo) in QSOs with Serbian stations

6.4.2

1079

characters typed into the Main window's secondary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled in a QSO whose DXCC entity is European Russia, Asiatic Russia, Kaliningrad, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski Island, Ukraine, or Korea should be automatically shifted to upper case

6.4.3

1080

dates for QSL, eQSL, and LotW Sent/Rcvd items are presented in the short date format specified in the Windows Control Panel's Regional and Language Options applet

6.4.3

1091

use SpotCollector's LotW color to highlight LotW callsigns in the Capture window

6.4.4

1097

provide the option to import an ADIF file generated by TurboLog V3

6.4.7

1098

re-arrange the SWL confirmation statement for cards and labels so that the SWL callsign appears last

6.4.8

1100

display the QSL Queue's "Sent Via" information as a user-modifiable selector; if an entry's "Sent Via" information is changed, update the QSL_SENT_VIA item of the logged QSO from which the entry was generated

6.4.8

1101

in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" tab, provide checkboxes that control whether Bureau and/or Direct cards are included when printing QSL cards, printing QSL labels, generating an ADIF file, or generating a tab-delimited file

6.4.9

1102

provides options that direct the Add Needed and Add Requested functions to set QSL Via to 'B' or 'D' when adding QSOs to the QSL Queue

6.4.9

1103

With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", extracts "via Buro" and "via Direct" information from QSL_SENT tags

6.5.2

1104

With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", replace a leading * in an imported callsign with a !

6.5.3

1108

in SQL filter expressions, replace USER_X with the ADIF name of the user-defined item whose caption is X

6.5.3

1081

enable "Worked All Britain" award Areas to be captured in QSOs with stations in England, Wales, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland, Jersey, Guernsey, or Isle of Man. (see http://www.worked-all-britain.co.uk/ )

6.5.4

1110

allow the definition of Special DOKs and include them in the DOK report

6.5.4

1113

increase the speed of the WPX report

6.5.4

1114

extend the Script Report command to generate DOK reports

6.5.5

1115

enable the WPX progress report generator to only process QSOs in the Log Page Display, and extend the Script Report command to generate WPX reports

6.5.5

1116

provide a WAE progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAE reports

6.5.5

1117

provide a CQ DX progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate CQDX progress reports

6.5.5

1118

support new ADIF 2.2.0 fields for eQSL and LotW interchange

6.5.5

1119

exploit new ADIF QSL_RCVD V enumeration item for 'verified'

6.5.5

1121

provide a Russian District Award progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate RDA progress reports

6.5.5

1122

Add Kosovo to the WAE country list

6.5.6

1123

provide a JARL Worked all Japanese Cities and Guns progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate JCC-G progress reports

6.5.6

1124

provide a Worked All Britain progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAB progress reports

6.5.6

1125

in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the DARC DOK box to unchecked; only take the time to load the DARC DOK selectors if this box is checked

6.5.6

1126

in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the CQ & DARC WAE box to unchecked; only take the time to load the CQ & DARC WA selectors if this box is checked

6.5.6

1128

provide the ability to generate independent WPX progress, summary, and submission reports

6.6.2

1131

add a "Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname when uploading or exporting" option to the QSL Config window's eQSL tab that when checked

when uploading, sets each QSO's eQSL Nickname tag to its myQTHID
when exporting ADIF for eQSL.cc, sets each QSO's eQSL Nickname tag to its myQTHID

6.7.3

1132

extend the Script mechanism to accept new Report kinds

ARRL_entities_progress - generates a progress report showing worked/confirmed status for each entity defined by the ARRL
ARRL_entities_submission - generates a submission report showing confirmed entities defined by the ARRL

6.7.9

1133

provide a QSL Status report that inspects all QSOs on the Log Page Display an shows outgoing count, incoming count, and return rate statistics for QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and LotW by mode and by band

6.8.0

1135

provide the option to include the split frequency in outgoing spot notes whether or not Commander is running

6.8.8

1136

add Brussels (code BR) as a primary administrative entity for Belgium

6.9.1

1137

when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is set to LotW, display the current QSL station location to be used in uploading QSOs to LotW

6.9.1

866

provide the option to automatically create a backup on shutdown

6.9.2

1138

provide the option to generate a submission report for the Russian District Award, and provides an RDA_submission script command

6.9.3

1139

provide a second set of printer media size and source selectors for use when printing envelopes

6.9.5

1140

when exporting a QSO in tab-delimited format, include the contents of the 8 user-defined fields

6.9.5

1141

provides an "Allow direct Subdivision entry" setting that when enabled allows direct entry and editing of the Primary and Secondary Administrative Subdivision items in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

6.9.8

1142

provides the ability to generate JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA progress reports, and provides script commands to generate these reports

6.9.8

494

make it possible to invoke all SQL queries from the Main windows Log QSOs tab, with user-specified captions

7.0.0

853

provide the ability to generate a local spot from the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later)

7.0.0

966

increase the number of SQL filters to 16

7.0.0

1020

ignore non-numeric keys typed into CQZ or ITUZ - in both windows

7.0.0

1041

improve the number and accessibility of SQL filters

for each of the16 "SQL Query Filters" in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window, add the ability to specify a label
In the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
- remove the SQL1 button
- add a ~ button in the panel's upper-right corner that when clicked would cycle the Filter panel between displaying
  1. the Call, Sel, UTC, DXCC, LotW, and Broke filter buttons
  2. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 1-4 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
  3. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 5-8 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
  4. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 9-12 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
  5. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 13-16 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)

7.0.0

1042

add additional built-in filters to the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

remove the # option from the Sort panel
add a Since filter that shows all QSOs that start anytime after the date & time specified in the Filter panel textbox
add a Date filter that show all QSOs that start anytime during the date specified in the Filter panel textbox

7.0.0

1112

provide the option to automatically direct SpotCollector to generate a local spot when logging a QSO via the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later)

7.0.0

1129

add a Script execution button to the Main window's Log QSOs tab

7.0.0

1143

alphabetically sort the TQSL "station location" selector

7.0.0

1144

provide the option to generate a propagation forecast for the station's location on the captured TX frequency when entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Enter or Tab key or clicking the Lookup button with PropView and DXView both running

7.0.0

1145

provide the ability to execute scripts from the Main window's "Log QSOs" and Progress tabs

7.0.0

1146

when importing a QSO from Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski, Ukraine, Japan, or Korea that specifies a secondary administrative subdivision but not a primary administrative subdivision, extract the primary from the secondary

7.0.0

1148

provide the option to generate a header record when exporting a tab-delimited file

7.0.4

1149

display the QSO's duration (if non-zero) in the QSO panel caption on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

7.0.7

1150

provide the option to generate a header record when generating a tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue

7.0.9

1151

in SQL expressions, ignore characters between // and \\

7.1.3

1152

don't highlight in red font a QSL Queue entry that's missing an address if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to B (buro)

7.1.3

1153

add a loadlayout script command that specifies and applies a log page display layout file

7.1.3

1154

accept Japanese Ku as Secondary Administrative Subdivisions in QSOs with Japanese stations

7.1.3

1160

when Commander 7.4.1 (or later) is running, detect when the active transceiver requires frequency synchronization before logging or spotting, and performs that synchronization

7.1.6

1157

handle the new Australian prefix rules for external territories specified in http://www.acma.gov.au/WEB/STANDARD..PC/PC=PC_1255#call

When presented with a 6-character VK9 callsign, determine the entity by inspecting the 5th character (C, L, M, N, W, or X)

7.1.7

1159

the Address Editor should display a "QSL Sent Via" selector that is correctly populated when is invoked by double-clicking a QSO or QSL Queue entry; if multiple QSOs are updating when clicking Save, their QSL_SENT_VIA as well as their ADDRESS should be updated

7.1.7

1160

include the number of SWL QSLs in the summary presented at the completion of an eQSL.cc QSL Sync operation

7.1.7

1161

when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's frequency

7.1.7

1162

invoke the Recomp function while depressing the Alt key corrects primary administrative subdivisions corrupted by defect# 859 in QSOs where a valid secondary administrative subdivision is specified

7.1.9

1163

when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled and a new QSO is being logged via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the previously logged QSO's Propagation Mode is SAT, initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's RX frequency

7.2.0

1164

provide a TCP-IP server that accepts "log" and "eqslLog" commands from applications

7.2.2

1165

notify the user if the "Update LotW Membership" function finds no new LotW members

7.2.2

1167

add Olivia to the Mode filter panel

7.2.5

1168

if the Capture window's callsign is cleared after initiating a Lookup, terminate the lookup

7.2.5

1169

re-arrange the Capture window's controls in rows 3 and 4 for improved order

7.2.5

1170

provide the ability to import tab-delimited files with a header

7.2.6

1172

does not provide Marathon credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs, consistent with 2008 rules

7.2.9

1173

generates the Marathon submission file in comma delimited format so it can be opened with a spreadsheet and its data copied and pasted into the Marathon Score Sheet

7.2.9

1174

remove middle name or middle initial when populating Name item from the RAC, Hamcall or QRZ CDROM

7.2.9

1175

add QSL Queue navigation controls to the Address Editor window (when editing a QSL Queue entry)

7.2.9

1176

depressing the CTRL key while invoking "Sync LotW QSOs" sets the Select item to 'Y' in each QSO found to match a QSO in LotW

7.3.2

1158

provide support for premium QRZ.com access (directly, without using Pathfinder)

7.3.3

1178

add additional US county spelling corrections

MO,Sainte Genevieve => MO,Ste. Genevieve
IL,Dewitt => IL,De Witt
MN,Lake of the Woods => MN,L. of the Woods
Prince Wales Ketchikan => AK,Prince of Wales-Outer Ketchikan
AK,Skagway Hoonah Angoon => AK,Skagway-Yakutat-Angoon
AK,Wrangell Petersburg => AK,Wrangell-Petersburg
AK,Matanuska Susitna => AK,Matanuska-Susitna
AK,Valdez Cordova => AK,Valdez-Cordova
AK,Yukon Koyukuk => AK,Yukon-Koyukuk

7.3.5

1179

apply US County spelling correction to the results of a callbook lookup

7.3.5

1180

if a callbook lookup initiated from the Capture window yields an invalid primary or secondary administrative subdivision, don't inform the user if the Subdivisions box in unchecked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

7.3.5

1181

provide the option to automatically update the Log Page Display layout file when layout changes are made

7.3.6

666

allow the user to specify a vertical "split", and limit horizontal scrolling to the columns on the right side of the split

7.3.6

1182

accelerate the resizing and moving of columns in the Log Page Display

7.3.8

1183

maintain horizontal scrolling positions between operating sessions, loading new log files, and filtering or sorting the Log Page Display

7.3.9

332

provide the option to print frequency or band information on QSL labels

7.3.9

1185

striking the Enter key in the Filter textbox will invoke the last SQL filter if that filter's SQL expression includes <FILTERTEXTBOX>

7.4.2

1186

remove the decimal separator from numbers displayed on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

7.4.3

1187

double-clicking a QSL Queue entry while depressing the ALT key displays the Address Editor, directs Pathfinder to perform a lookup, and directs DXView to perform a lookup

7.4.5

1189

improve the extraction of City names for addresses provided by QRZ-via-Pathfinder lookups

7.4.7

1190

generate Cabrillo for the ARRL-RTTY contest

7.4.7

1191

support Cabrillo 3.0

7.4.7

1192

change Capture window's eQSL checkbox to mean "callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc"

7.4.7

1193

striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Main window's "Log QSOs" panel will set the "eQSL Member" item to 'Y' if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc

7.4.7

1194

striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Capture window, or invoking the Capture window's Lookup function will check the Capture window's "eQSL AG" box and color the Callsign box background if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc

7.4.7

1195

provide an "Update eQSL AG Membership" function that reviews each QSO in the log and sets its eQSL_Member item to 'A' if its callsign is found in the eQSL AG database

7.4.7

1196

include Authenticity Guaranteed eQSL.cc confirmations in WAZ, WPX, USA-CA, CQDX, and Maidenhead Fields progress reports

7.4.7

1197

convert the "Meteor Shower" box in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once, and convert the "Meteor Shower" box on the Config window's Defaults tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once

7.4.8

1198

add "alpha-Aurigids" to the Meteor Shower selectors

7.4.9

1199

provide the ability to generate Cabrillo Category and Soapbox tags

7.4.9

1200

add Cabrillo support for the EPC-WW-DX contest

7.4.9

1201

provide the ability to display eQSL.cc and LotW passwords

7.5.0

1202

when generating a CQ Marathon progress report or submission, replaces missing frequencies with the band's lower-edge frequency as specified in the band definition file

7.5.0

1203

depressing CTRL while clicking the Capture window's Clear button selects the last entry in the "Log Page Display"

7.5.3

1205

provide a Fix_US_Counties script that applies USA-CA corrections:

* AL,De Kalb => AL,DeKalb
* AL,Saint Clair => AL,St. Clair
* FL,De Soto => FL,DeSoto
* GA,De Kalb => GA,DeKalb
* IL,De Kalb => IL,DeKalb
* IN,De Kalb => IN,DeKalb
* IL,De Witt => IL,DeWitt
* IL,Du Page => IL,DuPage
* LA,De Soto => LA,DeSoto
* LA,East Carroll => LA,E. Carroll
* LA,East Feliciana => LA,E. Feliciana
* LA,St.John the Bpt => LA,St. John the Baptist
* LA,West Carroll => LA,W. Carroll
* LA,West Feliciana => LA,W. Feliciana
* MD,Prince Georges => MD,Prince George's
* MD,Queen Annes => MD,Queen Anne's
* MD,St. Marys => MD,St. Mary's
* MN,L. of the Woods => MN,Lake of the Woods
* MO,De Kalb => MO,DeKalb
* MS,De Soto => Ms,DeSoto
* MT,Lewis and Clark => MT,Lewis & Clark
* NH,Hillsboro => NH,Hillsborough
* TN,De Kalb => TN,DeKalb
* TX,De Witt => TX,DeWitt
* VT,Chittendon => VT,Chittenden

7.5.7

1206

For QSL cards and 2-column labels, replace "include 'via buro' in confirmation" options with "via [buro]" options that include the target buro's DXCC prefix in the confirmation line

7.5.7

1207

Provide an "Include [buro]" option for 3-column labels that when enabled includes the target buro's DXCC prefix in the label's bottom line

7.5.7

1208

provide a <buro> substitution command that if the QSO's QSL_VIA is set to 'B' (bureau), produces [x buro] where x is the destination entity's DXCC prefix

7.5.7

1209

provide the option to set each imported QSO's QSL Sent item to 'R' unless the imported value is 'Y'

7.5.8

1210

permit applications directing the Log Page Display to be filtered to optionally specify the contents of the Filter panel textbox

7.5.8

1211

Depressing the Ctrl key while clicking the UTC, Band, Mode, or SQL panel's Filter buttons refines the existing Log Page Display filter by applying the new filter to those QSOs visible in the Log Page Display.

7.5.9

1212

add JT65A, JT6M, and Thor to the DefaultModes.txt file

7.6.1

1213

add 560m (.501 - .504 MHz) to the DefaultBands.txt file

7.6.1

1214

provide a DDFM award progress report

7.6.3

1215

provide SRR award progress and submission reports

7.6.4

1155

provide a "RAC Canadaward" progress report

7.6.5

1216

when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" Progress report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report

7.6.5

1217

when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "QSL Stats" report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report

7.6.5

1218

extend the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" panel's Progress report to display confirmation statistics: by card, by LotW, and (if enabled) by eQSL

7.6.5

1220

characters between // and // on a line in a script file are ignored

7.6.5

1221

when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the word "via" if its the first word of the returned QSL manager

7.6.5

1222

when creating a new QSO via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, leave "eQSL member" and "LotW member" empty if the callsign is not an eQSL or LotW participant, rather than set them to 'N'

7.6.5

1223

speed up Freq-to-BandName computation when no two ham bands live in the same 1 MHz

7.6.5

1224

Alt-= in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the ARRL, Region, or DOK item (if visible)

7.6.5

1225

Alt-0 through Alt-7 in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to user-defined fields 0 through 7 respectively

7.6.5

1226

Alt-/ in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the TX_Power item

7.6.5

1227

provide the option to maintain a Realtime Award Tracking information for the WAZ family of awards

provide a new Realtime Award Tracking (RAT) window whose DXCC tab displays and queries the realtime award award tracking information for DXCC and TopList, and whose WAZ tab displays and queries the realtime award tracking information for WAZ (if enabled)
provide access to the RAT window via a new RAT button on the Main window's Log QSOs tab and new Realtime Tracking buttons on the Main window's Check Progress tab's "DXCC, Challenge, & Toplist" and "CQ WAZ" panels.
provide automatic recomputation when an element of a QSO affecting WAZ award progress is modified
the Add Needed function populates the QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation would advance WAZ progress on the specified bands and modes
any generated QSL card or label will include a "please QSL" notation if it's QSO's confirmation would advance WAZ progress on the specified bands and modes
after performing an ADIF import operation, include new CQ zone, zone-band, and zone-mode confirmations in the progress report
after performing a "Sync eQSL QSLs" operation, include new CQ zone, zone-band, and zone-mode confirmations in the progress report
display a callsign in the Capture window or Main window's Log QSO panel in red or blue font if its CQ zone, zone-band, or zone-mode is sought and unconfirmed or unworked, respectively

7.6.5

1228

when LotW responds to a Sync LotW QSOs or Sync LotW QSLs operation with HTML containing an error message instead of with ADIF records, display the HTML in the user's web browser rather than as a text file so the error message will be more readable

7.6.5

1229

after sorting the Log Page Display in response to the user double-clicking the caption of a Log Page Display column, display that caption in the Sort panel

7.6.5

1230

provide a new WAZVerified QSO item that indicates whether a QSO has been submitted for WAZ verification or verified

7.6.5

1231

use the new ADIF CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED fields to import and export submission and verification information for WAZ awards

7.6.5

1232

enable the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to compute each QSO's PFX field when the the "item new value" is set to <compute>

7.6.5

1235

provide the option to specify the precision used for frequencies in progress and submission reports

7.6.6

1236

invoking the DXCC filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose DXCC entity match that of the currently-selected QSO

7.6.6

1237

invoking the Call filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose callsign match that of the currently-selected QSO

7.6.6

1235

with the Config window's Awards tab's Other panel's Subdivision box enabled, correct incorrect capitalization of secondary subdivisions when importing or performing Sync LotW QSLs

7.6.6

1236

provide a Reset button in the "Log Page Display" panel on the Config window's Log tab that when clicked sets the Log Page Display's row height and column widths to default values based on the current font size

7.6.6

1237

extend Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ awards to support zone-band-mode tracking

provide a CQ Zone Progress Details display on the Realtime Award Tracking window's WAZ tab
extend the WAZ Award Progress Filter to filter by both band and mode
extend "Add Needed" to populate the QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation would provide needed WAZ band-modes

7.6.6

1238

on the Config window's General tab, create separate option panels for settings governing operation of the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and for settings governing operation of the Capture window

7.6.6

1239

when printing QSL cards or labels with "Print Preview" enabled, restore the Print Preview window if its minimized

7.6.6

1240

after importing QSOs, direct SpotCollector (if running) to recompute its award progress

7.6.6

1241

move Import statistics to a separate window that is displayed during and after importing, and provide a Stats button to re-display this window if it has been closed

7.6.6

1242

provide the ability to import QSOs exported from DXBase version 5 using Btrieve and DXBConvt and

7.6.6

1243

ignore hyphen characters typed into the DOK item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or in the Capture window

7.6.6

1244

provide an option that prevents the modification of logged QSOs unless an Edit button is first clicked

7.6.7

1245

after a QSO is logged, change the Log button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a "Save" button

7.6.7

1246

extend the Import Progress Report to include WAZ band-modes

7.6.8

1247

extend the Import post-eQSL sync progress report to include WAZ band-modes

7.6.8

1094

if an eQSL Nickname is specified on the "QSL Config" window's eQSL.cc tab, display this eQSL.cc Nickname beneath the "Upload to eQSL.cc" button on the Main window's QSL tab.

7.6.9

1248

provide the ability to download and display QSL images for QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc

7.6.9

1249

provide the option to retain eQSL images in DXKeeper's "eQSL Images" sub-folder; when the user clicks the Display button, check to see whether the eQSL image has already been downloaded, and if so display the already-downloaded image -- unless the user has depressed the CTRL key while clicking the Display button, in which case a new eQSL image is downloaded and replaces the existing image

7.7.0

1250

when attempting to synchronize with eQSL.cc, extract and display any error message returned by eQSL.cc

7.7.3

1251

on startup, display the Realtime Award Tracking window if it was on-screen when DXKeeper last terminated

7.7.5

1252

if a callsign lookup returns a QSL Via that is identical to the station's callsign, act as if no QSL Via was specified by the Callbook

7.8.0

1253

extend the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to enable selection of options for the QSL Message, Satellite Name, Satellite Mode, and Meteor Shower fields

7.8.1

1254

when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the words "qsl via" if they are the first words of the returned QSL manager

7.8.1

1255

provides each user-defined item with an Init box on the Config window's User Items tab that if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is enabled determines whether or not the item is initialized from previous QSOs, with priority given to the most recent previous QSO

7.8.1

1256

include the Name and DXCC entity code in each record when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue

7.8.5

1257

move the database version information from the Config window's Defaults tab to a new DXCC Database Info window that is displayed when the new Database Info button on the bottom of the Config window's General tab is clicked

7.9.3

1258

provide the optional ability to specify the default transmit power by band on the Config window's Defaults tab

7.9.3

1259

provide the option to exclude deleted entities from a DXCC submission

7.9.7

1260

provide the option to specify a default RST Sent and RST Rcvd

7.9.8

1261

in the Advanced window's Modify QSOs window, accept one-operator numeric expressions in the "Item New Value" box when the "Item ADIF field name" selector is set to Freq or Freq_RX, e.g. /1000 or +.1

8.0.6

1262

if DXView 3.2.5 or later is running, utilize the Region and Primary information it reports when initializing a QSO in the Capture window or Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

8.0.7

1263

when performing a lookup for other applications, return the Region code

8.0.7

1264

provides the option to capture Holyland regions in QSOs with Israeli stations, and generates a Holyland progress report

8.0.7

1265

expand RST Sent item on QSL cards and 2-wide labels from 3 to 4 characters

8.0.8

1266

generate a "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report

8.0.9

1267

extend "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report to display MARZ codes

8.1.0

1268

provides the option to use HamCall.net as an callbook

8.1.0

1269

Add 'I' to the QSL_Sent item, and add both 'N' and 'I' to the LotW_QSL_Sent and EQSL_QSL_Sent items

8.1.1

1270

when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, recover JCC and JCG info from SPEC1 fields

8.1.1

1271

accept Deleted_Entity in an SQL expression

8.1.1

1272

include the time in backup filenames

8.1.1

1274

when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, interpret <DXBVAL:1>0 to mean that the QSO is invalid for DXCC awards, and set QSL_RCVD to 'I''

8.1.1

1275

accept a Region Code from SpotCollector 5.0.3 or later when the user activates a spot database entry

8.1.2

1276

extract region and primary codes from DXCC database locations when DXView isn't running

8.1.3

1277

generate a "Worked All Italian Provinces" progress report

8.1.5

1278

when synchronizing QSOs or QSLs with LotW, QSO reported by LotW whose Mode is DATA will be considered to match a logged QSO whose mode "counts" as RTTY for ARRL awards

8.1.6

1279

provide an "Add Unconfirmed to QSL Queue" option to the Main window's Check Progress tab that when enabled causes the VUCC progress report to insert needed but unconfirmed QSOs into the QSL Queue

8.1.7

1280

after a progress report adds QSLs to the QSL Queue, display the number of QSLs added

8.1.8

1281

if "Sync LotW QSLs" confirms a QSO whose QSL_RCVD item is set to 'S', note it in the summary of results

8.1.8

1282

consider LotW confirmations in the WAC progress report

8.1.8

1283

accept default "RST sent & rcvd" of the form X/Y, where X specifies the default report for phone modes, and Y specified the default report for non-phone modes

8.1.9

1284

provide the ability to quickly locate a myQTH ID

8.1.9

1285

when importing a file with the ADIF style set to LOGic,

accept proprietary <LotW_Sent> and <LotW_Rcvd> tags
interpret DXCCSUB: in a COMMMENT tag to mean that the QSO has been verified by the DXCC desk

8.2.4

1286

generate Cabrillo for the SAC-CW and SAC-SSB contests

8.2.4

1287

increase the number of allowable myQTHs from 1024 to 4096

8.2.5

1288

deal with change from "USA" to "United States" in the country name returned by the QRZ.com subscription lookups

8.2.7

1289

move the "Missing labels" textbox into the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel, and moves the "Self-addr envel" panel to the Main window's QSL tab

8.2.7

1290

in the QRZ.com subscriber lookup, format the address based on the new postal DXCC code

8.2.8

1291

re-arrange the Contest panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab so the Contest ID selector can be wider

8.2.8

1292

accommodate changes to QRZ.com XML interface 1.15

Canadian callsigns return province in state field
use postal country code rather than postal country name to drive address formatting

8.2.8

1293

provide a "Print Self-addressed Envelope" option in the Log Page Display popup menu

8.3.1

1295

improve IOTA support

add an IOTA Verified item with values S, V, I, D, and N
update the IOTA Progress report to ignore QSOs with deleted IOTA tags (if the IOTA Database is present), ignore QSOs whose IOTA Verified item is set to I, D, or N, and report QSOs as verified whose IOTA Verified item is set to V

8.3.1

1296

add SO-67 to the satellite selector

8.3.4

1299

recognize APP_WRITELOG_PREF when the ADIF Style is set to WRITELOG

8.3.4

1302

enable the Name, QTH, and Address fields to display the full ANSI code set

8.3.5

1303

when performing a callbook lookup, accept an accurate grid square returned by DXView from an override

8.3.7

1304

depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Award Progress Filter panel's Report button on the Realtime Award Tracking window's DXCC tab generates a report showing all entities shown by the specified filter sorted in entity name order

8.3.7

1305

provide an option to make each outgoing QSL card or label request a confirmation by displaying 'please!' or 'pse!' unless the QSO has already been confirmed

8.3.7

1306

accept CQ zone, ITU zone, and Web page URL information from a QRZ.com via Pathfinder callbook lookup

8.3.7

1307

CTRL-CBA doesn't pre-clear items in the current QSO; its updates each item in the current QSO for which the callbook or DXCC database provides information

8.3.7

1308

ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Italian primary administrative subdivisions

Add a new entry for FC Forli Cesena
Deprecate FO Forli
Add a new entry for PU Pesaro e Urbino
Deprecate PS Pesaro e Urbino
Change entry VB Verbano to VB Verbano Cusio Ossola
Change entry PT Piatoia to PT Pistoia

8.3.8

1309

ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Sardinian primary administrative subdivisions

Add a new entry for VS Medio Campidano
Deprecate MD Media Campidano

8.3.8

1310

ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Belarusian primary administrative subdivisions

Add a new entry for HM Horad Minsk

8.3.8

1311

ADIF 2.2.4 support: define primary administrative subdivisions for Croatia and Ireland

8.3.8

1313

extend "Add Unconfirmed" to the USA-CA progress report

8.4.0

1315

In the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-double-clicking the file item will display a file selector window

8.4.1

1316

Add HO-68 to the Satellite selectors

8.4.1

1317

when a Spot Database Entry is activated, place its Tags in the Capture window's Comment box

8.4.1

1318

provides an "Include radio name in QTH ID" option that when enabled, assembles the default QTH ID by appending the Radio Name specified for the currently-selected transceiver in Commander to the specified "root QTH ID"

8.4.1

1319

depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Filter panel's DXCC button displays only QSOs whose DXCC entity prefix matches the DXCC entity prefix specified in the Filter panel textbox

8.4.2

1312

provide a <Capitalized> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box that is replaced by the current contents with its first letter capitalized, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command

8.4.3

1320

provide a <Filename> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box that if the field being modified is the File field is replaced by the simple filename, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command

8.4.3

1321

provide the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults whose contents after a DDE Lookup command are set to the callsign, name, QTH, last QSO date and time, last QSO frequency, last QSO mode, and previous QSO conveyed with ADIF tags

8.4.3

1322

CTRL-S in the filter panel textbox filters the Log Page Display by the SQL Expression in the filter panel textbox

8.4.3

1323

provide the ability to specify the folder in which downloaded eQSL images are stored

8.4.3

1324

when importing a QSO from the Alaska, Hawaii, Unitied States, Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Kaliningrad, or Malyj Vystotski Island that specifies a Secondary subdivision but not a Primary subdivision, attempts to recover the Primary subdivision from the Secondary subdivision

8.4.4

1325

provide a "WPX Bands & Modes" panel that enables the user to specify which WPX prefix-bands and prefix-modes are being pursued, and extend the WPX Progress Report to display the status of pursued bands and modes

8.4.5

1326

expand "Add Unconfirmed" to populate the QSL Queue with unconfirmed QSOs needed to confirm CQ WPX prefixes, prefix-bands, and prefix-modes

8.4.5

1327

extend the WPX Submission report to consider the settings on the "WPX Bands & Modes" panel

8.4.6

1328

use an "always on top" window to display the number of QSLs added to the QSL Queue by the "Add Unconfirmed" option

8.4.6

1329

include GridSquare in the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults

8.4.6

1330

eliminate the "Add Unconfirmed" option; extend "Add Needed" to populate the QSL Queue with needed QSOs for the Awards specified in the Add Needed panel on the QSL Config window's General tab

8.4.8

1331

make the "Add Needed requests all with same call, Add Needed requests all with same Mgr, Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'B', and Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'D' options work with Awards other than DXCC and WAZ

8.4.9

1332

extend the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel's QSL Kind Report to operate on a filtered Log Page Display

8.4.9

1335

add 4O, E7, FJ, and KH8S to the DXBase prefix conversion database

8.5.2

1336

double-clicking the underlined label of the selected item on the Main window's Log QSOs tab deselects that item and sets cursor focus in the Filter panel textbox

8.5.4

1337

extends the VUCC report generator to include a satellite report and reports for the bands between 1.25m and light

8.5.4

1338

Add ROS, WINMOR, and WSPR to the default set of MODE (ADIF 2.2.5)

8.5.6

1339

With the "Determine missing items from entity and primary administrative subdivision" option enabled while importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is specified but is not Canada, the US, Alaska, Hawaii, or a US possession, perform a DXCC database lookup and fill in the CQ zone, ITU zone, Continent, and IOTA tag if they are not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from imported callsign.

8.5.7

1340

when performing a DXCC database lookup while importing a QSO, fill in the primary administrative subdivision if it's not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from the imported callsign

8.5.7

1341

in DefaultModes.txt,

change GTOR, JT44, FSK441,ROS, WINMOR, and WSPR to count towards DXCC_RTTY and WAZ_Digital
change SSTV to count toward DXCC_Phone
adds WPX_Digital to any mode that specifies WAZ_RTTY or WAZ_Digital

8.5.8

1342

placing the mouse cursor in the Freq RX item on the Capture window or on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should should select the contents of that item

8.5.8

1343

enable Contest-mode to be enabled or disabled from the Capture window

8.5.8

1344

provide a <dx> QSL substitution command

8.6.1

1345

trim the <distance> and <dx> expansions to report distances with accuracy to the nearest mile or kilometer

8.6.2

1345

conveys user-defined item descriptions to WinWarbler

8.6.2

1346

can be directed by another application to display a particular tab of its Config window

8.6.2

1347

In the Main window's "User-defined" panel, reduce the width of the data boxes to permit larger item names

8.6.2

1348

When adding an SWL report to the QSL queue, determine the SWL callsign's DXCC entity so that if the QSL will be conveyed via the buro, the correct buro is identified

8.6.3

1349

includes QSL buro routing in the confirmation line of SWL reports printed on 2-wide labels

8.6.3

1350

expand the correction of US county mis-spellings to include a spelling changes instituted in USA-CA in early 2009, and apply this correction when importing or performing a log update with the Other panel's Subdivision box checked on the Config window's Awards tab

8.6.6

926

provide the option to specify that a QSO has received partial DXCC credit: Entity only, Entity and Band only, and Entity and Mode only

8.6.7

1351

provide a "VUCC vfy" item in the Main window's QSL tab

8.6.8

1352

provide the ability to report discrepancies between log verification status and ARRL DXCC verification status

8.6.9

1353

adds the JT4A, JT4B, JT4C, JT4D, JT4E, JT4F, JT4G, JT65B, and JT65C modes defined in ADIF 2.2.6

8.6.9

1354

provide the ability to specify the frequency precision used in ADIF and tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue

8.6.9

1355

if "PC has no internet connection" is enabled on the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the DXCC Verification will prompt the user to obtain a specified web page from an internet-connected PC and place the resulting content in a specified file, from which discrepancies will be reported

8.7.0

1356

provide the ability select the date format used on QSL cards, QSL labels, and in tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue or Log Page Display

8.7.0

1357

includes ADIF_VER and PROGRAMVERSION in the header of ADIF files exported from the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab

8.7.1

1358

if Windows reports a "the directory or file cannot be created" error while creating a backup, report this to the user

8.7.3

1359

handle missing address lines from a "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookup

8.7.3

1360

update the Primary Subdivision Database in support of changes to Russian subyekts implemented by SRR and in in ADIF 2.2.6

8.7.3

1361

Updates the Secondary Subdivision Databases in support of changes to Russian oblasts and districts implemented in ADIF 2.2.6 and RDA Press release #10

8.7.3

1362

if in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab the TX frequency of a simplex QSO is modified and the cursor is subsequently moved to the RX frequency box in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the RX frequency is updated to match the TX frequency

8.7.8

1362

extend the Advanced window's Modify command to accept an Item New Value of <compute> when the Item ADIF Field Name is set to STATE and determine each QSO's primary administrative subdivision by extracting it from the secondary administrative subdivision

8.7.9

1363

use preferred new QRZ XML URL: http://xml.qrz.com/xml

8.7.9

1364

typing CTRL 1 through CTRL 9 in an RST Sent or RST Rcvd item sets the signal report to 51 through 59 if the QSO's mode is phone or 519 through 599 if the QSO's mode is not phone

8.8.1

1365

replace "Generate local spot on Capture log" with "Local spot on callsign acquisition"

8.8.2

1366

when the Capture window Spot function is invoked with no grid square specified, the outgoing spot notes will be >G where G is the operator's grid square

8.8.2

1367

generates a progress report for the RSGB Worked ITU Zones award

8.8.3

1368

generate a report that displays information about unique callsigns in the Log Page Display

8.8.5

1369

provide the ability to generate unique callsigns reports from a script

8.8.6

1370

provide the ability to generate Worked All ITU Zones reports from a script

8.8.6

1371

make the operator's grid square, as specified in the current "my QTH" or by the "QTH Latitude" and "QTH Longitude" on the Config window's Defaults tab, accessible to other DXLab applications

8.8.6

1372

when generating a spot note for a spot above 50 mHz that includes grid squares, don't truncate 6-character grid squares to 4 characters

8.8.6

1373

provide an <rstrcvd> QSL substitution command

8.8.7

1374

provide the option to append Special Callsign Tags reported by DXView and SpotCollector to the Comment item

8.8.7

1380

provide an option to include a specified log item in each entry in each line of the QSL Aging report

8.9.2

1381

provide an N3FJP import option that converts a Mode of PH to SSB

8.9.3

1382

provide the option to indicate LotW and eQSL AG membership status via the background color of each entry in the Log Page Display

8.9.3

1383

provide a <myqthid> QSL substitution command

8.9.4

1384

add "WA-State-Salmon-Run" tp the "Contest ID" selector, and reference the State QSO Party template when generating a Cabrillo log for this contest

8.9.4

1385

if the current QSO contains an invalid item, allow a script to be run

8.9.4

1386

provide a "First QSOs" function that sets the Select item of each QSO in your log to Y if it's the chronologically first QSO with its callsign, or to N if the QSO's callsign was already worked in an earlier QSO, and then filters the Log Page Display to show only QSOs whose Select item is set to Y

8.9.4

1387

include deleted PJ2, deleted PJ5, and new PJ DXCC entities in 2010 CQ Marathon

8.9.7

1388

provide a FIX_PJ scripts that corrects the country code and "entity prefix" in QSOs with Bonaire, Curacao, Sint Maarten, and "St Eustatius and Saba"

8.9.9

1389

update the CQ Marathon report driver to reflect permanent country codes for the new PJ DXCC entities

8.9.9

1390

display CQ prefixes and country names rather than ARRL prefixes and country names in CQ Marathon progress and submission reports

8.9.9

1391

update CQ Marathon prefixes and entity names to match 2010 score sheet

8.9.9

1392

report duplicate QSOs found by "Sync LotW QSOs" operation

9.0.1

1393

update the FIX_PJ script to handle QSOs with the deleted "Bonaire, Curacao" and "St. Maarten, Saba, St. Eustatius" entities

9.0.1

1394

update the FIX_MISC script to include the contents of the FIX_PG script

9.0.1

1395

double-clicking Power item in the QSO panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the default transmit power

9.0.2

1396

provide a "Default Transmit power by mode" option on the Config window's Defaults tab

9.0.3

1397

add a SWISSLOG entry to the "ADIF Style options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that enables the acceptance and correction of standard and non-standard tags in ADIF files generated by SWISSLOG

9.0.4

1398

identify non-unique addresses in the Address Report to make it clear which QSLs can share an envelope

9.0.5

1399

make the QSL Message visible in the QSL Queue

9.0.5

1400

rename the "Address Editor" window the "QSL Editor" window, and enable it to select, enter, or edit the QSL Message

9.0.5

1401

provide "Update LotW membership" and "Update eQSL AG membership" options on the Main window's Import tab

9.0.6

1402

the "QSL Editor" window should permit the QSL Message to be chosen from among the defaults specified on the "QSL Config" window's "QSL Msgs" tab

9.0.6

1403

provides and <band> and <mode> QSL substitution commands

9.0.6

1404

add a QSL# item to the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

9.0.8

1405

if a QSL Queue entry does not specify an address, don't highlight it in red font if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW or eQSL

9.0.8

1405

when importing QSOs with the ADIF Style set to SWISSLOG,

import the contents of the P_SUB_REGION tag into the QSO's Region item
import the contents of the L_QSL_CARDNR tag into the QSO's QSLNumber item

9.0.8

1406

when creating a DXCC Planning Report, include the QSL# for QSOs that specify one

9.1.0

860

when creating a DXCC Card Record Sheet, place QSOs with the same QSL# at the end of the Record Sheet

9.1.0

1407

center the display of progress information in the Realtime Award Tracking window

9.1.1

1408

left-justify the display of prefixes in the Realtime Award Tracking window' DXCC tab

9.1.2

1409

when the Log Page Display is sorted by QSO Unique number, default to displaying the most recently-created QSOs

9.1.4

1410

provide the ability to reset the unique QSO numbers assigned to each of a log's QSOs

9.1.4

1411

disabling the "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" option sorts the Log Page Display in ascending order of Unique QSO number

9.1.4

1412

provide the option of specifying a single band or mode for the Marathon Progress or Submission report

9.1.5

1413

provide the option to substitute the specified default transmit power when importing a QSO that doesn't specify transmit power

9.1.6

1415

provide the option to display panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab in two columns

9.1.9

1417

don't include the entity prefix in a DXCC card record record sheet

9.2.2

1418

provide Realtime Award Tracking for the CQ Marathon award

9.2.4

1419

in the Export operation, provide a Cancel option when asking the user whether or not to append or replace the contents of an existing file

9.2.4

1420

always count LotW confirmations in the VUCC Progress and Submission reports

9.2.4

1421

when processing QSOs or QSLs reported by LotW, consider PHONE to match any mode that counts for DXCC PHONE

9.2.4

1422

display the callsign for which realtime progress is being displayed in the Realtime Award Progress window's title bar

9.2.4

1423

accepts a command from other applications to display realtime progress

9.2.4

1424

if the DXCC filter is invoked when the Filter Textbox contains a hyphen, the log page display will be filtered by DXCC prefix, as if the user invoked CTRL-DXCC

9.2.8

1425

remove leading and trailing spaces when importing a tab-delimited file

9.2.8

1426

when importing a tab-delimited file, tolerate a line containing nothing but tabs

9.2.8

1427

renames the Verification button in the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab to Compare

9.2.9

1428

provide a "Display File" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO specifies a file in the Details panel's File item

9.3.0

1429

provide a "Display Eqsl" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO is confirmed via eQSL.cc and specifies a valid date, and if the "QSL Setup" window's eQSL tab specifies a username and password

9.3.0

1430

expand the Marathon Progress Report header to show unworked and total countries and zones

9.3.0

1431

specify the current "station location" in the Main window's "Upload to LotW" right-click menu

9.3.0

1432

add support for Club Log interoperation

add a Club Log item to each QSO whose values are blank (not uploaded to Club Log), 'Y' (uploaded to Club Log) and 'M' (uploaded to Club Log but subsequently modified)
provide the ability to upload all QSOs in the Log Page Display whose Club Log item is not 'Y'
provide the ability to upload all QSOs in the Log Page Display
provide the ability to upload a single QSO to Club Log
provide the option to automatically upload to Club Log a QSO logged in the Capture window, the Main window's Log QSO tab, or in response a "log QSO" directive received from another application (but not when importing QSOs)
provide the ability to display the Clug Log home page

9.3.0

1433

add a CreditOnly item to each logged QSO

9.3.0

1434

while populating the QSL Queue with the "Add Requested" or "Add All" function and the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, inform the user if at least one QSO isn't added to the QSL Queue because its station callsign doesn't match the callsign specified in the "Imit Add and Sync operations to this station callsign" box on the Conifiguration window's LotW tab

9.3.0

1435

provide a retry mechanism for Club Log batch uploads

9.3.1

1436

provide a DXCC Update function

9.3.1

1437

provide a retry mechanism for Club Log single QSO uploads

9.3.2

1438

provide a "DXCC Credit Update" function on the Config window's Awards tab that provides options that

- determines whether the DXCC Credit Update function reports changes that should be made, or both reports and implements those changes

- specifies the action to take if DXKeeper cannot determine whether a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LotW_QSL_RCVD item should be set to 'V"

- specifies whether logged QSOs that match a DXCC credit's callsign, DXCC entity, band, and mode -- but not it's date -- should be updated

9.3.2

1439

on the "QSL Config" window's LotW tab, replaces the "Set outgoing card/label QSL? to "thanks!" option with a "Consider LotW confirmations in outgoing card/label QSL? "please!/thanks!" decisions" option

9.3.2

1440

if DXKeeper offers a log backup before an operation and the backup fails, don't initiate the operation

9.3.4

1441

update DXCC Compare's driver file to reflect changes made to the DXCC Award Credit Matrix

9.3.6

1443

handle LotW mode-mapping implemented in Config.xml version 1.18

9.3.8

1445

compensate for &nbsp =>   in ARRL DXCC credit report

9.4.0

1446

populate printer size selectors with sizes supported by selected printer

9.4.1

1447

when the "ADIF style options" panel is set to "TurboLog v3, v4", interpret <TL4_QSL_ACCEPTED:1>Y to mean "verified - DXCC Credit Granted", and set the QSO's QSL_RCVD item to V

9.4.2

1448

clearing the Capture window selects the last QSO in the Log Page Display

9.4.3

1449

when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup for a country other than United States or Canada, if the result includes a "zip code" and the returned zip code does not appear in the returned address, append the returned zip code to the address.

9.4.5

1450

provide a separate media selector for labels

9.4.5

1451

recognize and report the error code generated when downloading a file from a URL fails because the destination file already exists and is read-only

9.4.7

1452

make "Microsoft Sans Serif" the default font if available; otherwise, use "MS Sans Serif"

9.4.7

1453

provide the option to use the alternative ClubLog file upload interface on port 8080

9.4.9

145

allow inclusion of an image on printed QSL cards

9.5.0

1454

allow specification of the colors used to render a QSL card's grid heading text, grid data text, and grid lines

9.5.0

1455

in the QSL card grid, provide a line across the top of the header row, and thicken the line between the header row and first data row

9.5.1

1456

provides the option to display the Callsign on a QSL card below the last row of Upper Text

9.5.1

1457

improves the layout of the QSL Configuration window's "QSL Card" tab

9.5.2

1458

in the Filter panel textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret

Ctrl-Alt-B to mean "confirm QSO, and set it's "QSL Rcvd Via" to B (bureau)
Ctrl-Alt-D to mean "confirm QSO, and set it's "QSL Rcvd Via" to D (direct)

9.5.4

1459

when "Prompt the user to specify a file containing the already-downloaded contents of an eQSL.cc Inbox when a Sync eQSL.cc QSLs operation is performed" is enabled and the user invokes the "sync eQSL.cc QSLs" function, prompt the user to specify the "most recent synchronization date"

9.5.4

1460

provide a custom Cabrillo template for the Florida QSO Party

9.5.4

1461

provide the required API Key when uploading to ClubLog

9.5.5

1462

increase the speed of ClubLog upload pre-processing and post-processing

9.5.5

1463

add an APP_DXKEEPER_ClubLogDate item

9.5.5

1464

highlight LotW and eQSL AG members in QSL Queue entries using background color

9.5.5

1466

import text files exported by HamLog

9.5.8

1467

when logging a QSO in the Capture window or the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with a Grid item specifying a valid two-character Maidenhead Field, append 00aa so a valid grid square will be logged

9.5.8

1468

provide the option to upload to ClubLog in smaller chunks when using slow internet access

9.6.0

1469

update Subdivision Database to reflect deleted Japanese Cities and Guns

9.6.1

1470

include Tokyo's 23 wards in the JCC progress report

9.6.1

1471

provide ability to filter the log page display to show all QSOs not confirmed via LotW with stations that have subsequently uploaded to LotW

9.6.2

1472

provide a "maximum age of most recent LotW upload to be considered 'active' setting

9.6.2

1473

on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, provide an "Update eQSL Sent" function that is enabled when the Options panel is set to "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc"

9.6.3

1474

provide an Export script command that can be used to export QSOs from the Log Page Display in ADIF, tab-delimited, or Cabrillo format

9.6.3

1475

if the Subdivision box is checked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation report any confirmation with a station in the US, Hawaii, or Alaska that does not specify a valid US state

9.6.5

1476

provide a new VUCC box in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab; if this box is checked, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, report any 6m or 2m confirmation that does not specify a valid gridsquare

9.6.5

1477

on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, add a new Cfm item to the "Online QSL" panel's LotW sub-panel that contains a G if its LotW confirmation specifies a grid square and that contains an S if its LotW confirmation specifies a primary administrative subdivision (e.g. US State)

9.6.7

1478

the VUCC progress report places an NG (for "No Grid") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a grid

9.6.7

1479

the WAS progress report places an NS (for "No State") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a Primary Administrative Subdivision

9.6.7

1480

add an "Update from LotW" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu

9.6.7

1481

respond to a wheeled mouse movement in the Capture window by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window

9.6.7

1482

adds grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to each QSO, making them visible in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab when the Other panel's VUCC box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab

9.6.7

1483

when performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation,

inserts a G into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
inserts a 2 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid2 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
inserts a 3 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid3 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
inserts a 4 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid4 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
reports any grid specified in the LotW confirmation that does not match a grid specified in the logged QSO
reports any grid specified in the logged QSO that is not confirmed by a grid in the LotW confirmation

9.6.7

1484

extend the VUCC progress and submission reports to handle up to four grids per QSO

9.6.7

1485

provide tooltips for Log Page Display columns

9.6.7

1486

add AppendReport, Delete, and Display script commands

9.6.7

1487

add a DXCCCreditNumber item to each QSO for future use

9.6.7

1488

update the Marathon Driver file to reflect CQ's choice of ST0 as the prefix for Southern Sudan

9.7.0

1489

responds to a middle mouse button click in the Capture window's Call box of TX Freq box by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window

9.7.1

1490

provide the ability to download DXCC credits from the ARRL, analyze them, and link them to logged QSOs

9.7.2

1491

use "missing" in VUCC and WAS reports instead of "NG" and "NS" respectively

9.7.2

1493

include ADDRESS in the ADIF record exported from the QSL Queue

9.7.2

1494

provide the option to not save non-callsign 'QSL Via' items to ADIF or tab-delimited files

9.7.2

1495

provide an option that enables the creation of credit-only QSOs

9.7.3

1496

provide the ability to generate a printable report containing DXCC Credits in the "DXCC Credit Display"

9.7.4

1497

improve Analyze and AutoLink reporting of DXCC Credits that don't exactly match any logged QSO

9.7.4

1497

provide a new <ReportsFolder> script substitution command that is replaced by the pathname of DXKeeper's Reports folder, and update sample scripts MultiWAS.txt, TriplePlay.txt, FFMA.txt, TriplePlay2008.txt, TriplePlay2009.txt, 2007 Results.txt

9.7.5

1498

include Log Filter in generated VUCC reports

9.7.5

1499

when performing a previous-QSO lookup, make user-defined item information harvested from previous QSOs available to other applications

9.7.5

1503

provide the option of pursuing the 5 Band WAZ award, ignoring QSOs on 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m that are were made before 1979-01-01 in the "by-band" sections of the WAZ Progress Report

9.7.6

1504

add Cabrillo support for the LZ DX contest

9.7.7

1505

provide a WAZ summary report

9.7.7

1506

when updating a US QSO from LotW, update its "LotW Cfm" item with LotW State confirmation status whether or not the Subdivision box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab

9.7.9

1507

if "Record import errors in error file" is enabled and one or more import errors are detected, display the error file when the import operation is complete

9.7.9

1508

handle new "invalid session key" response from QRZ.com's XML interface

9.7.9

1509

provide the option to check overrides when importing

9.7.9

1510

support conveying QSLs via Electronic File Transfer

on the Main window's QSL tab, provide an "Include QSLs to be sent via Electronic File Transfer" option
on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab, provide an "Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'E' (for EFT) option
on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab, provide an "Add Requested sets Sent Via to 'E' (for EFT) option
add EFT to the "QSL Editor" window's "Sent Via" selector
add EFT to the selectors in the QSL Queue's "Sent Via" column

9.8.1

1512

On the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, ALT-CBA should not report callsigns for which a callbook lookup fails if the "Warn when callsign lookups fail" option is disabled

9.8.3

1513

Provides access to the HamQTH online callbook

9.8.3

1495

define a <satconfirm> QSL substitution command that for a satellite QSO expands to

via Satellite (Satname)

9.8.5

1516

modify ClubLog upload to work with new Clublog server

9.8.7

1517

When clicked without the CTRL key being depressed, the Club Log upload button will only upload all QSOs whose "Club Log" status is not set to 'Y' and whose "station callsign" item matches the Callsign specifies in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

9.8.8

1518

enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's Marathon Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number or letter

9.8.9

1519

enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's WAZ Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number

9.8.9

1520

provide a "Hide unworked entities in progress report" option on in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

9.8.9

1521

support Cabrillo generation for RAC contests

9.8.9

1522

supports a new AppendText script command

9.8.9

1523

with no DXCC entity specified, performing a callbook lookup using a callbook that specifies a DXCC entity should set the DXCC entity

9.9.0

1524

when performing a callbook lookup for another application, include the "QSL Manager" in the results

9.9.0

1525

provide an RefineFilter script command that applies the specified filter to a filtered Log Page Display

9.9.0

1526

if an import operation can't be started, leave the Import tab's Start button enabled and explain to the user why an import operation can't be started if he or she tries to start one

9.9.1

1527

a generated Marathon Progress Report or Submission should only consider QSOs in the Log Page Display, and should leave the Log Page Display Filter unchanged

9.9.2

1528

enable the Report script command to generate a Marathon Progress Report for the current year

9.9.2

1529

generate a Cabrillo log for the UK DX RTTY contest

9.9.2

1530

if a QSO specifies an invalid grid square, latitude, or longitude, flash its label in blue font

9.9.4

1531

if a QSO specifies a valid latitude and a valid longitude but does not specify a grid square, flash the grid square label in blue font

9.9.4

1532

if a QSO specifies a valid grid square but not a latitude and longitude, flash the latitude and longitude labels in blue font

9.9.4

1533

when the Modify command is used to alter the Grid or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Latitude, Longitude, and Distance items of those QSOs

9.9.4

1534

when the Modify command is used to alter the Latitude, Longitude or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Grid and Distance items of those QSOs

9.9.4

1535

provide the option to include LotW confirmations in CQ DX, CQ Fields, CQ WPX, and Maidenhead Grids award progress

9.9.4

1536

extend the Recompute operation to

replace a QSO's missing or invalid gridsquare item from by computing it from its latitude and longitude items
replace a QSO's missing or invalid latitude and longitude items from by computing then from its gridsquare item
flag a QSO with an uncorrectable invalid gridsquare as broken
flag a QSO with an uncorrectable invalid latitude or longitude as broken

9.9.5

1537

setting font used in the Log Panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab also sets the fonts used in the Address Editor and QSL Editor

9.9.6

1538

extend the DXCC Credit Manager's Download function to update credits to which the ARRL has assigned a new credit number, and to update each logged QSOs linked to such a credit to reflect the new credit number

9.9.7

1539

generate an IOTA submission report

9.9.8

1540

include each QSO's QSL# in the IOTA submission report

9.9.9

1541

include each QSO's QSL# in the VUCC submission report

9.9.9

1542

include each QSO's QSL# in the WPX submission report

9.9.9

1544

update for Marathon 2012 submission rules (band instead of frequency, DIGITAL)

10.0.3

1547

change the "new installation" default

for "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" to enabled
for "Log QSOs Tab's Default Focus" to "Filter textbox

10.0.4

1548

report and ignore any station location that begins with one or more blank characters

10.0.4

1549

provide the ability to export an ADIF file containing a card submission for Online DXCC

10.0.4

1550

striking CTRL-ALT E in the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

sets the current QSO's QSL received item to Y (yes)
sets the current QSO's QSL date received item to the current UTC date
if an outgoing QSL card was not previously sent, sets the current QSO's QSL sent item to "R" (requested)
set current QSO's QSL rcvd via to E (electronic)

10.0.4

1551

provide the ability to generate and manage separate DXCC submissions from QSOs confirmed by QSL cards and LotW confirmations

10.0.5

1552

removed Malyj Vysotskij Island from the WAE progress report in conformance with a decision by the Worked All Europe committee

10.0.6

1553

add statistics for the 160 through 6 meter bands to the "ARRL-verified Honor Roll Countries" section of the DXCC progress report

10.0.6

1554

add QSO statistics to the "QSL Stats" function

10.0.6

1555

provide a DXCC QRP option

10.0.9

1515

change "RTTY" to "Digi" in ARRL progress displays and progress reports

10.1.1

1556

reduce the width of the Prefecture column in JARL progress reports

10.1.1

1557

replace <filtertextboxdxccid> with the ARRL Country Code of the callsign or callsign fragment specified in the Filter panel textbox

10.1.2

1558

support new URL used by eQSL image download

10.1.2

1559

extend the Submission window to support IOTA as well as DXCC submissions

10.1.2

1560

add a ModifyWithoutBackup script command

10.1.3

1561

If the Main window's "Import QSOs" panel's "Deduce missing items from the entity, primary subdivisions, and DXCC database" or "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" options are enabled and a QSO imported from a file or another application doesn't specify a Region item, deduce and import the Region item if possible

10.1.4

1562

preserve the "Export QSOs" tab's "export callsigns with leading !" setting between operating sessions

10.1.4

1563

when importing QSOs with the Duplicate Checking enabled, consider QSOs whose callsigns begin with !

10.1.4

1564

when requesting confirmation for deleting a single QSO, display the callsign of the QSO in question

10.1.5

1566

in a Modify or ModifyWithoutBackup script command, replace <today> in the specified "new value" with the current UTC date in YYYY-MM-DD format

10.1.7

1567

provide a CTRL-Q keyboard shortcut in the Capture window that clears all Capture window fields, and places the cursor in the Call field without clearing the Log Page Display filter or scrolling the Log Page Display

10.1.9

1568

prevent focus from shift to the Main window and back when the Capture window is cleared

10.2.0

1569

if the selected printer does not support the selected print quality, choose the highest print quality available

10.2.2

1570

depressing the ALT key while initiating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report verifies the entry for each CQ country by performing a callbook lookup, and verifies the entry for each CQ zone by performing a callbook lookup and, if the callbook lookup fails, a DXView lookup

10.2.2

1571

when assembling an LotW-only DXCC submission, search the log in ascending chronological order of LotW confirmation date so the generated submission has maximum commonality with LotW's proposed submission, minimizing the manual effort involved in changing LotW's proposed submission to match DXKeeper's

10.2.4

1572

CTRL-G in the Capture window logs the QSO and clears the Capture window

10.2.4

1573

CTRL-G in panels in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO

10.2.4

1574

CTRL-G and CTRL-L in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO

10.2.4

1575

CTRL-J in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO and creates a new QSO record (equivalent to clicking the New button)

10.2.4

1576

limit the generation of a DXCC submission to "Card-only" and "LotW-only" since these different search orders

10.2.5

1577

when syncing LotW QSLs, ignore an LotW-specified US county whose state does not match the QSO's US state

10.2.8

1048

provide the option to consider LotW confirmations when generating WAZ progress, subsmission, and summary reports

10.2.9

1579

includes QSOs confirmed by LotW in the WPX progress and submission reports

10.3.0

1579

include QSOs confirmed via LotW or via Authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL in the WAE progress report

10.3.0

1580

includes by card, by eQSL AG, and by LotW subtotals in WPX progress and submission reports

10.3.1

1581

if internet access is available, depressing the CTRL key while clicking one of the Main window's Help buttons displays an an appropriate article in "Getting Started with DXLab"

10.3.2

1582

extends the WAE progress report to display and compute Band Points

10.3.2

1583

report duplicate QSOs encountered when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation

10.3.4

1584

add a "Verified" column to the WAZ Progress Report

10.3.4

1585

import the contents of APP_N1MM_HQ into the "rx info" item

10.3.5

1599

add a "WAE 2 point low-band QSOs" option to the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

10.3.5

1600

display the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, and - if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW - on the Main window's QSL tab

10.3.5

1601

when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location

10.3.5

1602

when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location

10.3.5

1605

when downloading an image from eQSL, use the "suffix" from the URL provided by eQSL when creating the local image file

10.3.5

1606

if Retain eQSL images is enabled, when you click the eQSL Display button, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .jpg file and display its contents if present; if no .jpg issue is found, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .png file and display its contents if present.

10.3.5

1607

when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup via XML Data or Pathfinder 4.8.5 or later, ignores grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes unless QRZ indicates that this information was entered by the user, computed from information entered by the user, or -- if the new "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option is not enabled -- derived from USA Geocoding data

10.3.5

1608

add "QSL Sent Via" to all IOTA reports

10.3.5

1609

expand the number of LotW station locations from 1000 to 4000

10.3.8

1610

update "DXCC Compare" driver to handle new Niue prefix

10.3.9

1611

provide an updated FIX_USSR script that properly identify R1AN* calls between 1994 and 2012

10.3.9

1612

provide an updated FIX_EU script that identifies T9 between 1993 and 2010 as E7

10.3.9

1613

provide an updated FIX_MISC script that i Identify ZK2 between 1983 and 2012 as E6

10.3.9

1614

correctly extract the city from the second line of a callbook address of the form NNNN,City

10.4.1

1615

expand the "Capture window F-keys via WW" option to forward function key invocations in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

10.4.1

1616

extend the "Update from LotW" function to update a logged QSO to indicate its acceptance by LotW if its not yet been confirmed

10.4.2

1617

add ISCAT and V4 to the default set of supported modes

10.4.4

1618

update the Secondary Administrative Subdivision for European Russia's City of Moscow and Moscowskaya oblasts

added MA-11 NOVOMOSKOVSKY
added MA-12 TROITSKY
changed MO-47 TROITSK to "deleted"
changed MO-53 SHCHERBINKA to "deleted

10.4.4

1619

provide a user-modifiable list of valid Satellite names

10.4.7

1620

when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name

10.4.7

1621

saving a QSO whose propagation mode item is SAT but whose satellite name is unspecified, or a QSO whose satellite name item is specified but whose propagation mode item is not SAT will flash the Propagation panel's mode and Satellite name item labels in blue font

10.4.7

1622

when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name

10.4.8

1633

extend the Broke filter to display QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT, but do not specify a Satellite name

10.4.8

1634

extend the Recompute function to flag QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT, but do not specify a Satellite name

10.4.8

1635

store the "Club Log Auto upload" setting in each log file, rather than in the Windows Registry

10.4.9

1636

when DXView is not running, DXKeeper's DXCC database lookup operation should check the LotW and eQSL membership of callsigns that contain one or two slash characters

10.5.0

1637

when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose that specifies a satellite name but whose propagation mode is not set to SAT

10.5.0

1501

when Add Needed adds a QSO to the QSL Queue, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y'

10.5.1

1638

when a new callsign is specified in the Capture window or the Main window's Log QSOs tab with "Display Previous QSOs on Lookup", optionally display a scrollable Comment window containing all of the comments extracted from QSOs with the same base callsign, each preceded by the QSO's start time and terminated by the QSO's callsign

10.5.2

1639

when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF style options" set to WinLog32, <QSL_SENT:1>N will clear the imported QSO's QSL_SENT item

10.5.2

1640

update the URL used to access QRZ's XML data service

10.5.2

1641

update the file that drives the DXCC Compare function for consistency with changes made to the ARRL's online Award Credit Matrix

10.5.5

1642

update the FFMA.txt script to include EN92

10.5.6

1643

display errors that prevent the uploading of QSOs to LotW

10.5.7

1644

decouple "invalid for DXCC" from "invalid for WAZ and Marathon"

a QSO's "QSL_RCVD" being set to 'I' does not invalidate it for CQ WAZ or Marathon
a QSO's "WAZ_VFY" being set to "I' invalidates it for CQ WAZ and Marathon

10.5.9

1645

provide <PHONEMODES>, <DXCCDIGIMODES>, <PSKMODES>, <WAZDIGIMODES>, and <WPXDIGIMODES> SQL abbreviations

10.6.1

1646

a QSO's "QSL_RCVD" being set to 'I' with no Region specified is invalid for CQ Marathon country credit

10.6.1

1647

update WAZ Progress and Summary reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646

10.6.2

1648

update Marathon Progress and Submission reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646

10.6.2

1649

change the TX_PWR item from an integer to a number, and provide the ability to specify the precision used in the Log Page Display from 0 to 6 decimal digits

10.6.6

1651

add new Canadian ARRL sections GTA, ONE, ONN, and ONS

10.6.7

1652

accept the CTRL-ALT-B, CTRL-ALT-C, CTRL-ALT-D, and CTRL-ALT-E shortcuts with the mouse cursor in any QSO item on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

10.6.8

1653

provide the ability to download eQSL.cc images for all QSOs in the Log Page Display confirmed via eQSL.cc

10.6.8

1654

Canadian ARRL Section ON is not valid for for new QSOs

10.6.8

1655

when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, consider modes JT65, JT65A, JT65B, and JT65C to be equivalent modes

10.6.8

1656

terminate a script if an error is encountered while executing a Filter or Modify command, or when an invalid command is encountered

10.6.9

1657

import the contents of APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE into the "rx info" item

10.6.9

1658

when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, consider modes JT9 and JT9-X to be identical for matching purposes

10.7.1

1660

when computing Marathon realtime award progress, include QSOs whose TX Power is 0

10.7.3

1661

when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the SRX field width from 7 to 8, and zero-fill any EPC number to 5 digits (e.g. EPC1234 is exported as EPC01234)

10.7.4

1662

when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the TX exchange field width from 7 to 8

10.7.5

1663

support NT as the abbreviation for the Northern Territories ARRL section and deprecate NTS

10.7.5

1664

extend the DefaultModes.txt file

10.7.6

1665

include the QSL_SENT_VIA, STATION_CALLSIGN, and APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue

10.7.9

1666

replace APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue with APP_DXKEEPER_DESTINATION_PREFIX

10.8.0

1597

provide QSL substitution commands for user-defined items

10.8.1

1669

when "Add Needed" populates the QSL Queue for DXCC awards, first seek QSOs whose band and mode are both needed before seeking QSOs whose band or mode are needed

10.8.2

1670

increase the performance of the Duplicate Checking when importing QSOs

10.8.2

1671

add a "Duplicate QSOs" filter to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window

10.8.2

1672

if an upload to LotW produces "service failure" response from the LotW server, display the error message returned by the server

10.8.4

1674

add UK-DX-BPSK63 to the contest selector and provide Cabrillo generation

10.8.7

1675

at the conclusion of a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, create and display a file containing SWL reports

10.8.7

1592

adds a "Delete from ClubLog" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu

10.8.8

1677

provide Cabrillo generation for the CA QSO Party contest

10.8.9

1679

provide Cabrillo generation for the CQ-160-CW and CQ-160-SSB contests

10.9.2

1681

with "Display Previous Comments on Lookup" enabled, close the Comments window if a callsign is selected with which there are no logged QSOs or with which there are no comments in logged QSOs

10.9.3

1682

set Select to 'Y' in each QSO identified by the "Card Aging" function

10.9.5

1683

adds QSY and Spot commands to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu

10.9.6

1684

adds JT9 and Opera to the standard Mode definition file

10.9.6

1685

add new CONTEST_ID members added to ADIF 3.0.3

10.9.6

1686

support 2013 Marathon submission spreadsheet

10.9.6

1687

include DXCC Challenge statistics in the DXCC Progress Report

10.9.6

1688

detect when TQSL cancels signing of duplicate QSOs; if this occurs when executing a right-click "Upload to LotW" operation, clear the QSL Queue"

10.9.6

1689

provide the option to pursue CQ DX Marathon awards without pursuing Mixed Marathon

10.9.7

1690

correctly position Kosovo in the generated CQ DX Marathon progress report and submission spreadsheet

10.9.7

1692

double-clicking a populated email item in the Details panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab invokes the local email client

10.9.8

1693

when TQSL version 1.14 or later is selected, prevents the uploading of any batch of QSOs containing one or more QSOs already uploaded to LotW unless the new "Permit uploading of QSOs already uploaded to LotW" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab

10.9.8

1694

accept email address when callbook is "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" (requires PF 4.9.2 or later)

10.9.9

1695

parse status from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later

10.9.9

1696

provides an "Update from LotW" function that directs LotW to report the acceptance and confirmation status of each QSO in the Log Page Display and updates these QSOs accordingly

11.0.0

1697

extract completion codes from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later

11.0.1

1698

if TQSL 1.14 RC5 or later is present and the "PC has no internet connection" option is disabled, direct TQSL to upload signed QSOs to LotW so that these QSOs won't be considered "already uploaded" if LotW is down or inaccessible

11.0.1

1699

Handle TQSL 1.14 RC6 "internet down or LotW unreachable" error response

11.0.1

1700

include updated DOK award definition file

11.0.1

1701

counts eQSL and LotW confirmations in the RDA award progress and submission reports

11.0.1

1702

includes color swatches for Log Page Display background colors in the Key on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

11.0.1

1704

update TQSL 1.14 error explanations

11.0.2

1705

support printing QSL cards 1-up, center-aligned

11.0.2

1706

when updating logged QSOs from the QSL Queue, include the band and mode in the search criteria so that QSOs made with the same callsign at the exact same time can be updated if they were made on different bands or different modes

11.0.3

1707

support new LotW Server URL

11.0.4

1709

when performing an LotW Update operation, set the seconds in the query's start time to 00, as LotW does

11.0.6

1710

when importing an ADIF file with the "ADIF Style Options" panel set to DX4WIN,

extract an RX frequency present in the NOTES tag into the QSO's "RX Freq" item
don't attempt to extract a Name and QTH from the NOTES tag unless no NAME or QTH tag are specified, and then only if the NOTES are in the form
- Name in QTH
- Name | QTH

11.0.6

1711

provide separated "DX4WIN v7" and "DX4WIN v8" "ADIF Style Options", and only extract Name and QTH from NOTES if "ADIF Style Options" is set to "DX4WIN v7"

11.0.7

1712

add 5 new Japanese Kuo to the secondary subdivision database

430101	Chuo
430102	Higashi
430103	Nishi
430104	Minami
430105	Kita

11.0.8

1713

The plot function should consider a QSO's grid square confirmed if its "LotW QSL Rcvd" item is set to 'Y', 'S', or 'V' and its "LotW cfm" item contains a G.

11.0.8

1714

automatically re-register mswinsck.ocx if it has been de-registered

11.0.9

1716

provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL queue that compensates for Global QSL's lack of ADIF compliance

11.1.0

1717

provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL Queue whose records have their QSL_RCVD tag set to 'Y' independent of the QSO's QSL_RCVD item

11.1.0

1718

check the callsign returned by the QRZ XML callbook; if it doesn't match the requested callsign, return "not found"

11.1.1

1719

in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, display the full TQSL version number

11.1.2

1720

if the Marathon Progress or Submission report is initiated with the Log Page Display filtered, inform the user and provide the opportunity to clear the filter before generating the report

11.1.2

1721

considers a QSO's callsign to be an LotW Member if that callsign has uploaded QSOs to LotW after the QSO began

11.1.2

1722

CTRL-P in the Capture window or in panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with no DXCC prefix selected performs a lookup operation and then logs the QSO

11.1.2

1723

provide the option of handling LotW QSL detail inconsistencies by including them in the report displayed when the "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW" operation completes

11.1.2

1724

expand latitude and longitude items to display seconds as well as degrees and minutes

11.1.3

1725

provide <latitudewsecs> and <longitudewsecs> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by the latitude and longitude in degree, minute, and second notation

11.1.3

1726

CTRL-ALT-F in the Filter panel textbox sets QSL_RCVD to 'Y' and sets the "QSL Rcvd Date" to today without setting QSL_SENT to 'R'

11.1.3

1727

update TQSL error code descriptions to reflect rejection due to invalid QSOs in the batch to be digitally signed and uploaded

11.1.3

1728

when performing a lookup operation in the Capture window with "Previous QSO Display" enabled and a Callbook configured, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the grid square extracted from a previous QSO is not confirmed, if that previous QSO's location is not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second

11.1.3

1729

when the CBA function is invoked on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the QSO's grid square is not confirmed, if the QSO's latitude and longitude are not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second

11.1.3

1730

support "to the second" latitude and longitude positions in WinWarbler 7.7.0

11.1.3

1731

when TQSL rejects QSOs to be uploaded, display the contents of the LotWResults.txt file

11.1.4

1732

when processing LotW's report of a confirmed QSO (initiated by "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW"), determine whether LotW considers the QSO an exact "mode match"; if so, add an "M" in the QSOs' "LotW Confirmation" item; if not, mention the absence of an exact "mode match" in the after action report

11.1.6

1733

include an "LotW Mode" column in the WAS progress report that displays an = if LotW considers that QSO an exact "mode match"

11.1.6

1734

increase precision of distance displayed in Details panel to two decimal digits

11.2.2

1735

improve mi-km conversion accuracy

11.2.2

1736

add Capture window keyboard shortcuts:

CTRL-M - invokes the Capture QSL Msg editor
CTRL-N - invokes the Capture Comment editor

11.2.5

1738

Improve the Item Editor used to edit Comment and QSL Msg items

The font name and metrics (size, bold, italics) used to display text in the panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs tab is used to display text in the Item Editor window.
The Item Editor window's horizontal scrollbar is eliminated; instead, automatic word wrapping is provided.
If the Item Editor window has been invoked on the Capture window's Comment or QSL Msg item, clearing the Capture window or logging the QSO closes the Item Editor window

11.2.8

1739

support ADIF 3.0.4 CONTEST_ID enumeration

11.2.9

1740

provide <sig> and <siginfo> QSL substitution commands that access the Sig and SigInfo information in the QSO's MyQTH

11.2.9

1741

provide a "QTH Identifier" selector dedicated to the "Import QSOs" tab's "Substitute for missing QTH Identifiers" function

11.2.9

1743

when generating a Marathon Progress report with the verification option

when checking CQ countries and zones, if the callbook returns "callsign not found" and the callsign contains one or more slashes, lookup the base callsign and report the results
when checking CQ zones and the callbook returns "callsign not found", do not attempt to validate the callsign by performing a DXCC database lookup

11.3.0

1502

provide an import option that when enabled compares each unrecognized ADIF tag to the captions of each user-defined item; on finding a match, the tag's data is imported into the matching user-defined item

11.3.2

1745

when importing, ignore FORCE_INIT and QSO_RANDOM fields that specify illegal values

11.3.2

1746

on startup with TQSL 2.0 (or later) selected, query TQSL for updates and display any that are reported

11.3.4

1747

add WAS Verified and WPX Verified items

11.3.4

1748

import and export CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED: CQWAZ_MIXED, VUCC_BAND, WAS, CQWPX

11.3.4

1749

add new modes to DefaultModes.txt: CHIP, DIGVOICE (import/export as DIGITALVOICE), JT4, MFSK, PSK

11.3.4

1752

WAS progress report displays an overall status column for each worked State indicating credit granted (V), credit submitted (S), confirmed (C), or Requested (R),

11.3.4

1753

extend the WPX Progress Report to show Mixed, Band, and Mode status for each WPX prefix

11.3.4

1754

do not consider a QSO to be invalid for WPX if its QSL Rcvd, LotW Rcvd, or eQSL Rcvd items are set to I

11.3.4

1755

extend the WPX Summary to show submitted and verified status for Mixed, Band, Mode, and Band-Mode combinations

11.3.4

1756

provide full WPX submission support, including an optimal submission generator

11.3.4

1757

in DefaultModes.txt, designate the FSK31, HFSK, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKHell, Q15, and VOI modes as "counting" for WAZ Digital awards

11.3.5

1758

remove the State abbreviation from the Capture window's County selector when the Capture window's DXCC prefix is set to the US, Alaska, or Hawaii

11.3.6

1759

extend the Credit Repair function to set a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LOTW_QSL_RCVD item from 'Y' or 'S' to 'V' if it is linked to a DXCC Credit

11.3.8

1760

if the Credit Repair function promotes a QSO to verified, update award progress and notify SpotCollector

11.3.9

1761

when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid grid square in a VUCC candidate sought for its band or satellite

11.3.9

1762

VUCC progress report includes progress for bands selected in the VUCC panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

11.3.9

1763

WPX Progress Report and Summary take into account SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match

11.3.9

1764

WPX Submission generator ignores SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match

11.3.9

1765

upgrade the WAS Progress report to a multiband, multimode report driven by a new WAS Bands & Modes panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab and accessible via the script command

report WAS

(the previous report remains available via a script that specifies the command

report US_States

11.3.9

1766

if "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's Station Callsign, Operator Callsign, and Owner Callsign items from the previously created QSO

11.4.0

1767

support Realtime Award Tracking for the IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX awards

extend each "my QTH" definition to include VUCC and WAS checkboxes that indicate whether QSOs made from that myQTH "count" towards VUCC and WAS awards respectively

11.4.0

1768

when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined, the VUCC Progress Report and Submission Generator only consider QSO's whose "my QTH" has its VUCC box checked

11.4.0

1769

when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined, the WAS Progress Report only considers QSO's whose "my QTH" has its WAS box checked

11.4.0

1770

extend the "Card Aging" report to consider QSLs needed for awards with realtime award tracking enabled

11.4.0

1771

when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid US State if pursuing WAS Mixed, or if the QSO's band or mode is pursued for WAS

11.4.0

1772

when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report an inexact mode match if

the QSO's mode is digital and WAS digital being pursued
the QSO's mode is SSB and WPX SSB is being pursued

11.4.0

1773

when informing SpotCollector that a QSO has been logged, include IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX award status for that QSO

11.4.1

1774

add a Group column to the generated QSL Card Record Sheet

11.4.1

1775

save LotW "new information" in a file named LotWNews.txt

11.4.1

1778

Implement Marathon Phone award group

11.4.4

1779

If during a "Sync LotW QSOs" or "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, LotW fails to deliver the promised number of QSOs or QSLs respectively, inform the user, and don't update the the last sync date

11.4.4

1780

if changes made to logged QSOs during a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation require Spotcollector to recompute, offer to do this when the operation is complete

11.4.4

1781

avoid VUCC recomputation if QSO's band is not VUCC

11.4.6

1784

on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the QSO panel indicates the presence of a Comment

11.4.9

1785

add 'N' to the ClubLog Status item selector, and extend the Club Log Update function to ignore QSOs whose Club Log Status item is set to 'N'

11.4.9

1786

when performing a previous QSO lookup with an exact callsign match, harvest the email address and web page from previous QSOs

11.4.9

1787

when performing a lookup in response to an external request, include the email address and web page in the results

11.4.9

1788

when performing a lookup for a callsign, information from previously logged QSOs is ignored if an override is specified for the callsign in DXView or SpotCollector

11.4.9

1789

provides a Select button in the "Backup folder" panel that when clicked selects the folder into which log backups will be stored

11.5.1

1790

extend the Add Needed function to set the Select item to 'Y' in any QSO it adds to the QSL Queue

11.5.1

1791

add AO-73 to DefaultSatellites.txt

11.5.2

1792

enable the specification of the CQ DX Marathon contest's
- "current year"
- pathname of an unpopulated Score Sheet for the current year
- name, address, callsign, and other information required to populate a Score Sheet
extend the CQ DX Marathon Progress Report generation function to generate a progress report for the specified "current year" unless invoked with the CTRL key depressed
extend the CQ DX Marathon Submission generation function to
- generate a progress report for the specified "current year" unless invoked with the CTRL key depressed
- generate and display a fully populated Score Sheet if Microsoft Excel is installed

11.5.2

1793

Double-clicking the Capture window's RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item with a Mode selected will set the item to 59 (if the selected mode is a phone mode) or 599 (if the selected mode is not a phone mode).

11.5.3

1794

inform the user if a specified label width or row height is invalid

11.5.4

1796

in the WAS progress report, include Requested states in the Worked state total

11.5.4

1797

consider DIGVOICE a phone mode for the purposes of the DXCC, WAS and Marathon awards, when generating signal reports, and when determining default TX power

11.5.4

1798

when a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", "Update from LotW", or "DXCC Compare" function is invoked with the "PC has no internet connection" option enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, the required URL is placed in the Windows Clipboard

11.5.5

1799

ignore QSO with invalid country codes when generating a Marathon progress report or submission

11.5.5

1800

include an entry in DefaultModes.txt that specifies DIGVOICE as valid for DXCC

11.5.5

1801

add a Comments field to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" window whose contents are placed in the Marathon Scoresheet's Comments cell; if no comments have been specified, initialize the comments to "converted by DXKeeper X.Y.Z"

11.5.5

1802

add a Category panel to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" that determines whether a generated Marathon Progress Report or Score Sheet is Mixed, single-band, or single-mode, and include the currently-selected Category to the filename of generated Progress Reports and Score Sheets; remove the Submission button on the "Realtime Award Tracking" window's Marathon tab

11.5.5

1804

if the Marathon current year is set to 2014 or later, display the selected Score Sheet's version number

11.5.8

1805

if "Update from LotW" is invoked with more than 100 QSOs in the Log Page Display, give the user the opportunity to abort the operation

11.5.8

1806

Clicking the CFM or VFY buttons in the LotW panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should set the QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if the QSOs confirmation or credit status changes

11.5.8

1807

The DXCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M'

11.5.8

1808

Directing the DXCC Credit Manager to link a QSO to a DXCC credit changes the QSO's "Club Log" item from 'Y' to 'M'

11.5.8

1809

in the "Handling of LotW QSL Detail inconsistencies" panel, provide the option to overwrite the log Grid with the LotW Grid if the first four characters of the log and LotW Grids are identical

11.5.8

1810

on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, provide a Filter button that filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made from the currently-selected QTH

11.5.8

1811

extend the WPX Prefix Progress report to show the fraction of prefixes confirmed by card, eQSL, and LotW for each band and in each mode

11.5.9

1812

extend the Aging report to distinguish outstanding DXCC entities, entity-bands, and entity modes

11.6.0

1814

when the Upload button in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab is clicked while the CTRL key is depressed, QSOs in the Log Page Display will only be uploaded if their "Club Log Status" items are not set to 'N' and if their Station Callsign items match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

11.6.3

1815

an attempt to upload an individual QSO to Club Log -- via the "Upload to Club Log" command in the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu, or when a QSO is logged with the "Auto Upload" box checked in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab -- will only succeed if the QSO's Station Callsign item match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

11.6.3

1816

provide a Callsign Progress window that displays band and mode progress with a specified callsign that appears when

right-clicking a Log Page Display entry and choosing the "Display Progress" command
performing a "previous QSO" lookup with the "Display callsign progress on lookup" option enabled

11.6.4

1817

Adjust DXCC Compare driver file to reflect changes in order of DXCC Award Credit Matrix

11.6.7

1818

add 2m totals to the statistics shown at the top of the DXCC Progress report

11.6.9

1819

provide the ability to reset the "date and time of last QSL synchronization" for eQSL.cc and LotW by double-clicking the date and time shown beneath their respective "Sync QSLs" buttons

11.6.9

889

ability to print QSL labels & address labels on a label printer

11.7.0

1820

provide a "2nd row offset" setting that positions the second row of QSL cards printed 4-up

11.7.2

1821

restrict speed of multiple "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds

11.7.6

1822

handle new Geocoded tags returned by QRZ XML Data and QRZ via Pathfinder

11.7.7

1823

when the "Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL tab, set that tab's "QTH Nickname" to "(myQTHID)" and disable it

11.7.8

1824

add CWOPS-CWT to the Contest Name selector

11.7.8

1825

add RAC to the Contest Name selector

11.7.9

1826

support single-band single-mode WAZ awards

11.8.2

1827

tolerate an invalid "log panels" font size recovered from the Windows Registry

11.8.4

1828

accelerate the "Add Requested" function

11.8.5

1829

specifies the correct county for each Virginian independent city that has only one "surrounding county"

11.8.6

1830

update the WAE progress report order to reflect new WAE prefixes UA and UA2

11.8.8

1831

provide submission generators for WAZ, WAS, and IOTA

11.8.8

1832

when exporting a tab-delimited field, replace each carriage return character with |, and each newline character with ^

11.8.8

1833

handle QRZ XML data callbook lookups that return an alias

11.8.9

1834

include "Sent Via", "Card Cfm", "LotW Cfm" (if accepted), "eQSL Cfm", Status, and QSL# columns in IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX submission reports

11.9.0

1835

enable the creation of separate Card and LotW submissions for VUCC and WAS

11.9.0

1836

enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSL to a WAZ submission

11.9.0

1837

enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSLor QSOs confirmed by LoTW to a WPX submission

11.9.0

1838

add the following fields to each record exported in a tab-delimited file:

APP_DXKEEPER_LOTW_QSL_SENT
APP_DXKEEPER_LOTW_QSL_RCVD
APP_DXKEEPER_EQSL_QSL_SENT
APP_DXKEEPER_EQSL_QSL_RCVD
APP_DXKeeper_EQSL_MEMBER

11.9.0

1839

invoking the Since filter while depressing the CTLR key filter the Log Page Display to show all QSOs since the Since filter was last invoked

11.9.1

1840

provide Marathon Country Risk and Marathon Zone Risk items in each logged QSO

enhance Progress and Submission report generators to prefer low-risk QSOs
optionally decrease the risks in QSOs confirmed via QSL card, LoTW, or eQSL AT from 'nominal' to 'low'
Marathon Realtime Award tracking ignores worked countries or zones whose risk is 'high'

11.9.2

1841

improve Marathon Progress and Submission report generation

accelerate processing
add an "Effective Risk" column to the Progress Report when the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk" option is enabled
adds "High Risk" and "Low and Nominal Risk" totals to the Progress Report

11.9.3

1842

add a "Confirmed" column to the Marathon Progress Report when the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk" option is enabled

11.9.4

1843

when performing a lookup of a callsign containing a slash using a callbook other than QRZ.com that returns "callsign not found", after performing a lookup of the base callsign direct Pathfinder (if running) to search for the base callsign (if an automatic search is configured)

11.9.5

1844

include App_DXKeeper_My_QTHID when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue

11.9.6

1845

depressing the SHIFT key while invoking the Marathon Progress Report function verifies unconfirmed QSOs only

11.9.6

1846

restrict speed of Marathon verification with "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds

11.9.7

1847

provide the ability to generate progress and submission reports for Korean District Number awards

12.0.0

1848

inform the user when the specified log file cannot be opened because Windows considers the filename to be invalid

12.0.0

1849

replace the "DXCC submission reminder" option with a "Submission reminder" option for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX if their respective "Realtime Award Tracking" is enabled

12.0.3

1850

include an updated DOK list

12.0.3

1668

generates progress and submission reports for the "Worked All Belgian Provinces" award

12.0.5

1851

before directing LotW to download QSOs or QSLs, quickly check to see if its "up"

12.0.7

1852

perform a user-abortable LotW connectivity check before proceeding with a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", or "Update from LotW" operation; if DXKeeper cannot connect to LotW within 60 seconds, the operation will not proceed.

12.0.8

1853

improve user-abortable LoTW connectivity check

12.1.3

1854

provide the ability to specify whether the UTC sort on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the sorts implemented after "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations place the Log Page Display in ascending or descending order

12.1.7

1855

provide keyboard shortcuts for use in the QSL Editor window

12.1.7

1856

provide the option to set a QSO as started when a callsign is entered in the Capture window or the Capture window's Lookup function is invoked

12.2.4

1857

add Cabrillo support for the ARRL-UHF-AUG contest

12.2.9

1858

provide the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected WAS Award

12.3.0

1859

provide the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected WAS Award

12.3.1

1860

when generating LotW-only submissions for VUCC, WAS, or WPX, consider QSOs in ascending order of "LotW QSL Rcvd Date" to improve consistency with LoTW selections

12.3.2

1861

provide the option to generate a WPX Submission File when creating a WPX Submission Report

12.3.2

1862

provide an email address setting on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, and insert it in the first line of a generated WPX Submission File

12.3.3

1864

on Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with the Edit button visible, enable the use of CTRL and ALT shortcut keys that don't modify any item

12.3.3

1865

provide the ability to specify Log Page Display background colors for LotW and eQSL AG participation

12.3.5

1866

added NA, SA, EU, AF, AS, and OC to the WPX Award selector

12.3.5

1867

permit hybrid QSL card and LotW WAS submissions

12.3.5

1868

rename the Submission window's left-hand selector "Award Family"

12.3.6

1869

double-clicking the date beneath the "Sync LoTW QSOs" button enables the user to specify the "last LoTW QSO Sync date"

12.3.7

1744

allow the specification of independent printers to be used when generating cards, labels, and envelopes

12.3.8

1870

provide the ability to print self-addressed 3-column labels, 2-column labels, and single labels

12.3.8

1871

update DARC DOK list

12.3.8

1872

double-clicking the Log Page Display's Band column header numerically (rather than alphanumerically) sorts the Log Page Display

12.3.9

1873

Imports and Exports the DXCC, DXCC_BAND, and DXCC_MODE credits in the CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED ADIF fields as defined by ADIF 3.0.4, with "QSL Medium" support for CARD and LOTW

12.3.9

1111

provide the option to specify a second callbook to be searched if the first callbook fails to find information

12.4.0

1874

don't require an exact LoTW mode match for LoTW WPX SSB confirmations

12.4.3

1877

provide a keyboard shortcut for activating the Edit function

12.4.3

1878

add eQSL (AG) and LoTW status to the DOK progress report

12.5.4

1879

In the "Modify QSOs" panel's Item New Value, replace each instance of <newline> with a newline character sequence

12.5.5

1880

in a Modify script command, replace each instance of <newline> within a Modify command's new value with a newline character sequence

12.5.5

1881

treat Washington DC as a USA-CA award independent city that can be in either Montgomery or Prince George's counties (see <http://www.dxawards.com/usaca/indcities.htm>)

12.5.6

1882

determines the location of a callsign of the form A/B, where B is three or more non-numeric characters, by analyzing A

12.5.6

1883

when performing an "Update from LoTW" operation, retry any failed download operation up to 3 times before giving up

12.6.0

1884

Provide an OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab that when clicked

sets "QSL Sent" to 'Y'
sets "QSL Rcvd" to 'R'
sets the "QSL Sent Date" to the current date
set "QSl Sent Via" to 'E'

12.6.1

1885

Provide a "Substitute default Antenna Path for missing ANT_PATH" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab

12.6.1

443

display the number of QSL cards or labels to be printed at the top of the Print Preview window

12.6.2

1795

provide a Class selector on the "Marathon Year, Category, and Score Sheet Information" window, and include the class name in generated Marathon Progress Report and ScoreSheet filenames

12.6.3

1886

improve the Capture window overwrite warning message

12.6.4

1887

double-clicking the Capture window's Grid label should filter the Log Page Display to display all QSOs with a matching grid square, ignoring any sub-square

12.6.4

1888

reference the current version of the QRZ XML interface

12.6.6

1890

provide a "Main & Capture window F-keys via CC" option that when enabled routes function keys to Commander to invoke User-defined Command Sequences

12.6.6

1891

include the 2013-05-10 version of Hamcal32.dll

12.7.0

1892

with DXView running, the Capture window lookup operation should highlight a Special Callsign in bold magenta font

12.7.1

1893

increase the speed at which the Windows menu is removed when Shift-F10 is struck

12.7.1

351

provide the ability to save all SQL filters to a file, and restore all SQL filters from a file

12.7.2

501

if a callsign in the Capture window contains a ?, replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke

12.7.3

1750

make the default myQTH's city, primary subdivision, secondary subdivision, CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Rig accessible to other applications

12.7.3

1894

accept a DDE command from other applications to set the default QTH ID

12.7.3

1895

provides the option to update DXView's QTH when a default "my QTH" is selected

12.7.3

1896

when the Capture window contains a ?, don't replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke until one second has elapsed with no keystroke

12.7.4

1997

on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, rename the State and County items to "Pri sub" and "Sec sub"

12.7.5

1998

on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, add an Ant item, whose contents are accessible via the <ant> QSL substitution command

12.7.5

1999

accept a <bandant> QSL substitution command that extracts an antenna description based on the QSO's band

12.7.5

2000

provide a "Default QSL Message" panel with the ability to update a candidate QSL message and review candidate QSL messages

12.7.7

2001

provide the option to append a QSO's US state and county to the QSL Message printed on a QSL card or label

12.7.8

1597

accept a <prisub> and <secsub> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by a QSO's primary and secondary administrative subdivisions, respectively

12.7.8

2003

accept a <currentutcdate> that is replaced by the current UTC date formatted as specified in the QSL Date Format panel

12.7.8

2004

interpret \< and \> as escape characters in the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item New Value" textbox and in Script Modify commands

12.7.8

906

provide a "Reply Card" option in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab that when selected prints a Reply Card for each entry in the QSL Queue when the Notes field is populated by the contents of each QSO's QSL Message, primary administrative subdivision, secondary administrative subdivision, grid square, IOTA tag, region, and DOK

12.7.8

2006

include an updated DOK award file

12.7.8

2007

with the "Reply Card" option enabled, print information in each corner using 8-point Arial

12.7.9

2008

provide a "Question Mark replacement delay" setting that governs how long non-? characters are appended to the Capture window's Call textbox before they're instead used to replace ? characters, and interpret the * character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters"

12.8.0

2009

when displaying each unconfirmed QSO with a known LoTW participant who has uploaded to LoTW after the QSO date, mark as "broken" and report any QSOs with invalid QSO Begin dates

12.8.0

2010

use the space character rather than the asterisk character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters"

12.8.1

2011

When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", process all QSOs in the QSL Queue independent of their "QSL Sent Via" items

12.8.1

2012

When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", ignore the "Below Upper Text" checkbox in the "Station Callsign" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's "Station Callsign" panel

12.8.1

2014

on startup, inform the user if there is doubt as to the accuracy of the PC's current date and time

12.8.6

2015

include Created_Timestamp field in header of exported ADIF files

12.8.6

2016

replace the "Report unrecognized fields" option with an option for each user-defined item that when enabled treats the item's caption as an ADIF tag when importing and exporting

12.8.7

2017

when logging via the Capture window with the "Set QSO time when RST Rcvd" option enabled, the QSO start time will be set when the user types a character into the Capture window's "RST Rcvd" box; having the "initialize RST items to 59/599" option enabled will not set the QSO's start time

12.9.0

2018

on the Configuration window's General tab, relocate the "Set QSO start when RST Rcvd" option from the Options panel to the "Capture options" panel

12.9.0

2022

improve robustness of process by which information is retrieved from the Windows Registry

12.9.1

2023

provide control over the font used in envelope DX and return addresses

12.9.4

2024

add a "Contest Filter" panel to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window

12.9.5

2025

depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 24 hours, and directs DXView to plot them

12.9.5

2026

depressing the SHIFT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 7 days, and directs DXView to plot them

12.9.7

2027

depressing the ALT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 30 days, and directs DXView to plot them

12.9.7

2028

in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Contest Filter panel, if no Contest ID is specified, consider QSOs that specify any Contest ID

12.9.8

2029

provide a WIA DXCC Progress Report

12.9.9

2030

accept a Plot command in scripts

12.9.9

2031

tolerate a leading < in LoTW's response to a "report newly accepted QSOs" or "report new confirmations" directive

12.9.9

2032

provide a Run button in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab that when clicked starts TQSL

12.9.9

2033

don't disable settings in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab; instead, inform the user when an invalid attempt is made to change the "QSL Via" setting with the QSL Queue populated

12.9.9

2034

provide an option to include the name of each QSO's DXCC entity in the Log Page Display's DXCC Prefix column, and in the Log Report's DXCC Prefix column

12.9.9

2035

in the window that conveys "news" from LOTW on startup, provide a "Run TQSL" button that when clicked starts TQSL

13.0.1

2036

accommodate change in format of DXCC award credit matrix

13.0.2

2037

if in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" operation, LoTW responds with more than 20 confirmations and "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", DXKeeper offers to temporarily resolve inconsistencies by preserving log data and display a report showing all inconsistencies when the operation ends

13.0.3

2038

if during a "Sync eQSL QSLs" operation, eQSL includes a non-ascii character in its response, report this to the user and gracefully recover

13.0.4

2039

when "Sync LotW QSOS" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" return HTML instead of ADIF, inform the user that the specified LoTW username or password is likely incorrect

13.0.8

2041

include RX Power in the QSL Queue, and make it available in QSL Messages and QSL cards via the <rxpower> substitution command

13.0.8

2042

when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue, include the TX_PWR and RX_PWR items

13.0.8

2043

add ARISS to the default satellite list

13.0.9

2044

precede the error reports from imported QSOs deemed illegal with the word "illegal"

13.1.0

2045

exploit the DXCC country code returned by a HamQTH callbook lookup

13.1.0

2046

adds the following to the DefaultSatellites.txt file: AO-85 , XW-2A, XW-2B, XW-2C, XW-2D, XW-2E, XW-2F

13.1.1

2047

CTRL-clicking a Main window Config button displays the appropriate tab of the QSL Configuration window

13.1.2

2048

convert "SD,Oglala Lakota" to "SD,Shannon" until the former is added to ADIF

13.1.3

2049

update the DARC DOK list

13.1.3

2050

compensate for changes in the DXCC Award Credit Matrix that prevent the DXCC Compare operation from working

13.1.4

2051

with "use multiple monitors" enabled, relocates to the primary monitor any window that can't be displayed on a monitor

13.1.4

2052

work around Microsoft OS version reporting defect so that Windows 10 is properly reported in errorlog.txt file startup headers

13.1.4

2053

decline to "Upload to LoTW" if TQSL version 2.0.0 or later isn't selected

13.1.4

2054

provides an "Include seconds in uploaded QSOs" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's Club Log tab

2055

enforces Club Log's limit of 10 queued files by declining to upload more than 50,000 QSOs (more than 2500 QSO with "slow net" enabled)

13.1.4

2056

provide an "Export to Club Log" option that creates an ADIF file from QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates each QSO's "Club Log status" item to 'Y'

13.1.4

2057

when importing a US QSO whose STATE is DC and whose CNTY is MD,Montgomery or MD,Prince George's, correct the county to DC,Montgomery or DC,Prince George's respectively

13.1.4

2058

add the following satellites to the DefaultSatellite.txt file: AO-24, CAS-3H, DO-64, LO-78, NO-83, NO-84

13.1.5

2059

when run for the first time, encourage the user to install DXView to manage databases

13.1.6

2061

provide a "Single Label Orientation" sub-panel in the "QSL labels and address labels" panel the specifies the printer orientation to be used when printing Single QSL, Single Address, or Single Self-addressed labels

13.1.8

2062

if a user item's caption is set to NPOTA,

assume it contains one or more NPOTA park codes separated by commas
when "Sync LoTW QSLs" is invoked, sync this field with park codes specified by the QSO partner, and insert an 'N' in the LoTW Confirmation item if all park codes in the QSO are confirmed via LoTW
enables the NPOTA button in the "Other Awards" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that generates an NPOTA progress report when clicked

13.1.9

2063

add space on either side of the Capture window's Spot button

13.2.0

2064

accepts an NPOTA code from SpotCollector and uses it to initialize a new QSO

13.2.1

2065

includes an updated DARC DOK award file

13.2.1

2066

convey modified Candidate QSL Messages to WinWarbler

13.2.2

2067

when exporting a QSO with "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc" selected, expand any QSL Substitution Commands present in the QSL Msg item

13.2.2

2068

accelerate override checking

13.2.3

2069

extends the script Report and AppendReport commands to be able to generate an NPOTA progress report

13.2.3

2070

generating an NPOTA progress report sends SpotCollector an updated NPOTA filter that hides Spot Database Entries whose NPOTA field specifies a worked park code

13.2.3

2071

NPOTA progress report should offer to remove Log Page Display filter

13.2.4

2072

include <AGEFILTER> in the generated NPOTA filter sent to SpotCollector

13.2.5

2073

provide an Add OQRS function that populates the QSL Queue with confirmation requests downloaded from Club Log OQRS and updates logged QSOs from those requests

13.2.5

2074

instead of providing an "Add X OQRS" function on the Main window's QSL tab that populates the QSL Queue with OQRS requests, provide a "Process X OQRS" in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that downloads new OQRS requests, locates each logged QSO, and sets its "QSL Sent" item to 'R' and/or its "LoTW QSL Sent" items to 'R' as specified by checkboxes in the "Inbound OQRS" panel on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab

- if on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel both the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R" " and "Set 'LoTW QSL RCvd' to 'R' " are unchecked, the "Process X OQRS" function will be disabled

- depressing the CTRL key while invoking the "Process X OQRS" function will download all OQRS requests, not just new OQRS requests since the last time the "Process X OQRS" function was invoked

- depressing the ALT key while invoking the Process X OQRS" function will prompt the user to select an ADIF file, and then process its contents as OQRS requests

13.2.6

2075

provides a "Clear Selected Requests" function on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel that clears the "QSL Rcvd" and "QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R' " box is checked, and that clears the the "LoTW QSL Rcvd" and "LoTW QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set LoTW QSL Rcvd to 'R" box is checked

13.2.6

1543

store the Club Log email address and password in each log's Settings table so that they are automatically selected when a log file is loaded, along with the Club Log Callsign

13.2.6

2077

when processing an Inbound OQRS request, format addresses to fit in 5 lines or less

13.2.7

2088

when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from JA stations

13.2.8

2089

"Print Address Report" shows number of callsigns

13.2.8

2090

provide a "Report one address per callsign" option in the "Address File" panel on the QSL Setup window's General tab

13.2.8

2091

provide "Append callsign to first line of address" options on the QSL Configuration window's Envelopes and Addr Labels tabs

13.2.8

2093

extend Inbound OQRS support for confirmations via eQSL.cc

13.2.9

2094

In the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab, rename the "Process X OQRS" button to "Inbound OQRS"

13.2.9

2095

when matching an inbound OQRS request to a logged QSO, consider modes that count for DXCC Digital awards as matching

13.3.0

2096

when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from Asian stations

13.3.0

2097

improve the accuracy of Inbound OQRS matching

13.3.1

2098

when printing QSL cards, cards for stations within the continental US (DXCC prefix K) are additionally sorted in call district order, with 1-letter prefix 4 area callsigns preceding 2-letter prefix 4 area callsigns

13.3.1

2099

add an "Add Requested never request confirmation" option to the "Add Requested" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window; when enabled, QSL cards or labels generated from QSOs added to the QSL Queue by the Add Requested function will not include 'please!' or 'pse!' in their QSL column

13.3.2

2100

when importing QSOs with the "ADIF Style" set to DXBase, recover QSX frequencies in the first word of the Comment if the band matches that of the RX frequency

13.3.6

2101

when opening a log, determine whether it's consistent with the current DXCC database; if not, prompt the user to initiate the Recompute function

13.3.6

2102

update DARC DOKs

13.3.7

2103

maintain Kingman Reef in generated CQ DX Marathon progress reports and submissions for 2016 and earlier

13.3.9

2104

include an updated Secondary Subdivision Database for European Russia, Asiatic Russia, and Kalinningrad with a FIX_RDA.txt script

13.4.4

2105

provide a Server Log window that displays errors that occur in response to directives from other applications, and that optionally displays requests from other applications

13.4.5

2106

accept and process a DeleteQSO directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Confirm QSO Deletion" and "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options

13.4.5

2107

accept and process a RemoveUpdate directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options "Confirm QSO Deletion" option

13.4.7

2108

the DeleteQSO and RemoveUpdate directives do not request confirmation from the user

13.4.8

2109

provide the option to accept and display the myQTH latitude and longitude in "decimal degrees" format

13.5.1

484

make the Main window's MyQTH tab vertically sizeable, expanding/contracting the myQTH grid to fill the available space

13.5.2

1014

make the Main window's QSL tab vertically and horizontally sizeable, expanding/contracting the QSL queue to fill the available space

13.5.2

2110

make the Realtime Award Tracking window vertically sizeable

13.5.2

2111

provide the option to record QSO audio via the Capture window

13.5.3

2112

provide a visible recording indicator in the Capture window

13.5.5

2113

initiate QSO audio recording when the first letter of the Capture window's callsign is set

13.5.5

2114

handle grid squares longer than 6 characters reported by LoTW

13.5.5

2115

includes the Satellite Mode and Satellite Name for each QSO in the Satellite section of a VUCC progress or submission report

13.5.5

2116

record audio with a 6 KHz sample rate

13.5.5

2117

stores audio files in the DataFolder specified by Launcher (version 2.0.8 or later), defaulting to MyDocuments\DXLab\QSOAudio if the Launcher has not specified a DataFolder

13.5.5

2118

provides a new "audio file" item accessible via the Details panel on the Main windows "Log QSOs" tab, and a "Play Audio" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu

13.5.5

2119

provide an "Automate QSO Audio Management" option that when enabled

initiates audio recording when a character is added to the Capture window's call item
stops audio recording and saves it with the QSO when the Capture window's Log function is invoked by button click or keyboard shortcut
stops audio recording and abandons the recorded audio when the Capture window's Clear function is invoked by button click, keyboard shortcut, or directive from another application
deletes audio files in QSOs being deleted either individually or en masse

13.5.5

2120

export the VUCC_GRIDS tag to convey 2 or 4 grid squares, and recover grid squares from VUCC_GRIDS when importing an ADIF file

13.5.5

2121

process a VUCC_GRIDS tag reported by LoTW in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" operation

13.5.5

2122

include the QSO time in the DXCC submission planning report

13.5.6

2123

when a callbook lookup reports a grid square, latitude, and longitude that are inconsistent, recompute the latitude and longitude from the center of the grid square

13.5.6

2124

provides an Audio Recording Configuration window that specifies the soundcard to be used for audio recording, and provides options that control automatic starting and stopping of automatic recording, and automatic deletion of audio files when QSOs are deleted

13.5.6

2125

provide an Enable checkbox in the Audio Recording Configuration window

13.5.9

2126

CTRL-clicking the Audio Ready button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window

13.5.9

2127

show the QSOAudio folder pathname in the Audio Recording Configuration window and a Display button the directs Windows Explorer to display the contents of that folder

13.5.9

2128

when adding a MyQTHID to the QSL Queue, preserve its case so it can be conveyed to eQSL.cc as a nickname (retracted)

13.6.0

2129

when Audio Recording is disabled, hovering over the Capture window's Audio button displays an explanatory popup, and CTRL-clicking the Capture window's Audio button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window

13.6.2

2130

provide an "Optimize for realtime Satellite QSOs" option in the "Main Log QSOs options" panel on the Configuration window's General tab

13.6.6

2131

save the "last startup time" in a section of the Windows Registry that the Launcher does not save to or restore from a workspace

13.6.7

2132

include an updated DOK award file

13.6.7

2133

insert the word DXKeeper in the caption of the Audio Recording Configuration window to distinguish it from WinWarbler's Audio Recording Configuration window

13.6.8

2134

extend the Capture window's "Last QSO" information to include receipt of a QSL card

13.6.8

2135

remove the "Display information in titles bars" option

13.6.9

2136

create an "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab, and move the "Spot split frequency" there

13.6.9

2139

provide "Use DXGrid>SpotterGrid format" and "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" options in the "Outgoing Spots" panel that govern the format of grid squares in outgoing spots of stations operating on frequencies above 50 MHz

13.6.9

2140

provide a "Propagation indicator" setting that is used when the "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" option is selected and a station operating above 50 MHz is spotted

13.6.9

2141

if the ServiceBasePort registry entry is not initialized, set it to the default value

13.7.0

2142

update DOK award list

13.7.1

2143

in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window, rename the "Advanced Sorts" panel to "User-defined Sorts"; in the Sort panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, rename the "Adv" button to "User"

13.7.1

2144

in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "User-defined Sorts" panel, change the "First item", "Second Item, and "Third item" text boxes to selectors populated with valid item names, and move the "Item name" selector into the "SQL Query Filters" panel

13.7.1

2145

update DXCCVerification.txt to match change made by the ARRL

13.7.1

2146

provide the ability to process a downloaded IOTA status file and update logged QSOs

13.7.1

2148

when run for the first time on a computer, displays DXKeeper's License for the user's acceptance

13.7.2

2149

provide a button to display DXKeeper's License

13.7.3

2150

add a SOTA item to each logged QSO

13.7.4

2150

re-arrange the Award panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab; recaptions grid => grid 1

13.7.4

2151

add SOTA, grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to the Capture window

13.7.4

2152

generate a SOTA progress report

13.7.4

2153

generate progress reports for user-defined items

13.7.4

2154

on startup, delays directed TQSL to report "news" until after the Main window is on-screen

13.7.4

2155

display "chaser uniques" and "chaser QSOs" at top of SOTA progress report; don't emit microwave or VLF in SOTA .csv file

13.7.5

2156

include an updated DARC DOK award file

13.7.6

320

add a distance column to the VUCC progress report and to the Maidenhead Grid progress report

13.7.7

2157

remember the selected Realtime Award Tracking window's tab between operating sessions

13.8.0

2158

make the Capture window's "Last QSO" row always appear just above the bottom row of buttons

13.8.3

2159

add separator above Capture window's "Last QSO" row only appears if the "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" option is enabled

13.8.4

2160

add Los Rios and Arica y Parinacota to the Chilean section of the Primary Administrative Subdivision database

13.8.6

2161

include an updated DARC DOK award file

13.8.6

2162

update the DefaultSatellites.txt file with entries for BY70-1, EO-79, IO-86, MIREX, SAREX and UKUBE1

13.8.7

2163

extend the "submission reminder" displayed when a needed QSO is confirmed to include a parenthetical indication of why the confirmation should be submitted to each award sponsor listed

13.8.8

2164

add CWOPS-CW-OPEN, HA-DX, and REP-PORTUGAL-DAY-HF to the contest selectors

13.9.2

2165

interpret K or KW in an imported RX_PWR field to mean 1000, and interpret QRP to mean 5

13.9.2

2166

when LoTW reports that DXCC credit has been granted to a QSO, update the logged QSO accordingly and inform the user

13.9.2

2168

In the Capture window, Shift-Enter in the Call textbox or Shift-Lookup or Ctrl-Lookup will clear the Capture window's Comment textbox before initiating a lookup

13.9.2

2169

In the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depressing the CTRL key while clicking the LoTW button will set each QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it is not confirmed via LoTW, its LotW_Rcvd item is not set to 'X', and its QSO partner has not uploaded QSOs to LoTW after the date of the QSO

13.9.2

2170

Store LoTW username and "Station Location" settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry

13.9.2

2171

Store eQSL username and nickname settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry

13.9.2

2172

Associate an eQSL password with each eQSL username, and LoTW password with each LoTW username

13.9.2

2173

object if the user clicks the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window's OK button when either the username or password boxes are empty

13.9.3

2174

prompt the user to confirm a password change made via the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window

13.9.3

2175

denote settings on the QSL Configuration window's eQSL and LoTW tabs that are stored in the current log file

13.9.3

2176

update for ADIF 3.0.5

change the 60m entry in DefaultBands.txt to 60M, 5.06,5.45
add the following entries to DefaultModes.text
- ARDOP, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- MSK144, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64A, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64B, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64C, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64D, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- QRA64E, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
- SIM31, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital
add EO-88 to DefaultSatellites.txt
update Austria's Primary Administrative Subdivisions
- change Bruck/Mur to Bruck-Mürzzuschlag (code BM unchanged)
- add Hartberg-Fürstenfeld (code HF)
- add Murtal (code MT)
- add Südoststeiermark (code SO)

13.9.5

2177

update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for removal of Kingman Island in 2017

13.9.6

2178

update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure in 2017 and removal in 2018

13.9.6

2179

when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters

13.9.6

2180

when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters (recognizes Greek characters)

13.9.7

2181

update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure

14.0.0

2182

add Submode to the the QSL Queue, and provide a <Submode> QSL substitution command

14.0.0

2183

when uploading a QSO to LoTW that specifies a Submode, convey that Submode to LoTW

14.0.0

2184

when uploading a QSO to eQSL that specifies a Submode, convey the Submode as if it were the Mode

14.0.0

2185

correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with LoTW

14.0.0

2186

correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with eQSL

14.0.0

2187

include the 630M band in DefaultBands.txt

14.0.0

2188

Import SUBMODE fields from ADIF files

14.0.0

2189

export SUBMODE items to ADIF SUBMODE fields rather than APP_DXKEEPER_SUBMODE fields

14.0.0

2190

provide the option to spot a logged QSO from the Log Page Display and specify spot notes

14.0.1

2192

depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "my QTHs" tab's New button will create a new "my QTH" and populate it with information from the selected "my QTH"

14.0.2

2193

increase the precision of decimal latitudes and longitudes on the Main window's "My QTHs" tab

14.0.3

2194

replace online QSL status update and confirmation windows with windows that remember their location

14.0.6

2195

accept accessibility status when performing a callbook lookup from "QRZ via Pathfinder"

14.0.6

2196

on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, group the primary callbook controls within a Primary Callbook panel

14.0.6

2197

on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, change the name of the "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" option to "Warn when a callbook lookup returns "callsign not found"

14.0.6

2198

on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, add a "Warn when the primary callbook can't be accessed" option to the "Secondary Callbook" panel that can only be enabled if the "Secondary Callbook" panel's Enable box is checked; with this option enabled, failure to access the primary callbook will noted in an always-on-top warning message that appears for 10 seconds

14.0.6

2199

when the Main window's Import tab's "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" option is enabled and a callbook lookup fails while importing QSOs, note each failure in DXKeeper's "Import Progress" window

14.0.6

2200

in panels containing usernames or passwords, warn users not to employ usernames and passwords used to secure valuable online accounts

14.0.7

2201

add FT8, MSK144, and QRA64 checkboxes to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window's Mode filter panel

14.0.7

2202

add FT8 to the DefaultModes.txt file distributed with DXKeeper

14.0.7

2203

process MODE and SUBMODE now reported in eQSL.cc Inbox

14.0.8

2204

include SUBMODE in "Sync eQSL QSLs" error report

14.1.0

2205

inform the user of warnings or errors returned by eQSL.cc when downloading eQSL images

14.1.3

2206

include updated DARC DOK awards

14.1.3

2207

add C4FM and T10 to DefaultModes.txt

14.1.3

2208

provide the ability to specify an LoTW Station Location in a myQTH

14.1.3

2209

provide the option to automatically upload QSOs logged via the Capture window to LoTW

14.1.3

2210

allow the use of LoTW Station Locations that specify a Station Callsign of [NONE] when using the single-QSO "Upload to LOTW" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu, or when automatically uploading a QSO to LoTW

14.1.3

2211

add LO-90 to DefaultSatellites.txt

14.1.3

2212

compensate for eQSL change to re-enable access to QSL images of QSOs that specify a submode

14.1.3

2213

provide a Digi selection in the "Default Transmit power by mode" panel that specifies the default TX power for any mode other than RTTY or PSK whose entry in DXKeeper's DefaultMode.txt file (or Modes.txt file) contains DXCC_RTTY, meaning "counts for DXCC digital awards".

14.1.3

2214

accepts DDE and TCP "log" commands from other applications that specify uploading to LoTW, or to LoTW and eQSL.cc

14.1.3

2215

add a "Self-addressed Envelope" panel to the "QSL Configuration" window's Envelopes tab that provides independent control over the address top offset, address left offset, font metrics, and airmail indicator presence when printing self-addressed envelopes

14.1.6

2216

when the station location selected on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab specifies a station callsign of [NONE}, prompt the user to specify a station callsign; save the specified station callsign between operating sessions in the log

14.1.9

2218

work with updated eQSL image retrieval service

14.2.0

2219

provide <XCVRTXBAND> and <XCVRRXBAND> SQL expression substitutions

14.2.1

2220

on the "DXCC Credits Granted" window, provide a "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option that when enabled causes the Analyze and AutoLink function to a assume that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by both LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs"

14.2.5

2221

if the "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option is enabled, the Analyze and AutoLink function assumes that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by neither LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs"

14.2.6

2222

with "Display previous QSOs on lookup" enabled, the "QSO Comments" window scrolls to make the most recent comment visible

14.2.7

2223

add CAS-4A, CAS-4B, and FS-3 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

14.2.8

2224

when directed to perform a backup on a log containing no QSOs, inform the user and ask whether to create the backup

14.2.8

2225

when exporting a tab-delimited file, includes the Grid1, Grid 2, Grid3, and Grid4 items

14.3.1

2226

enables selection of an existing folder in which QSO audio files will be stored

14.3.3

2227

enable generation of Cabrillo for the Makrothen contest

14.3.5

2228

extend DXCC and WIA progress report to show Satellite statistics for QSOs made on 1965-03-01 or later

14.3.5

2229

count QSOs confirmed via LoTW when generating WAZ award progress

14.3.6

2230

enable WAZ submissions to include QSOs confirmed via LoTW

14.3.6

2231

depressing the CTRL key while clicking a Filter panel button that activates an SQL search will display the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window with the "SQL Query Filters" panel displaying the SQL search

14.3.7

2232

don't submit QSO to LoTW if its RX Band and RX Freq items are inconsistent

14.3.8

2233

remove the NPOTA progress report

14.3.9

2234

provide an ARRL Grid Chase progress report

14.3.9

2235

pace eQSL image downloads at the rate of 4 per minute

14.4.1

2226

invoking the Capture window's Log or Clear functions via mouse click or keyboard shortcut clears the WPX prefix the Capture window would next log if a callsign were entered without striking the Enter or Tab key

14.4.2

2228

when a Grid Chase progress report is generated, inform the user if the Log Page Display is filtered, and include the filter expression in the generated progress report

14.4.4

2229

changes in support of the promotion of Kosovo to a DXCC entity

14.4.6

2230

add AO-92 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

14.4.6

2231

if QSO's CQ zone is confirmed via LoTW, include a 'Z' in its LoTW Confirmations item

14.4.7

2232

only consider a QSO's CQ zone to be confirmed via LoTW if the QSO is confirmed via LoTW and if the QSO's LoTW Confirmations item includes a 'Z'

14.4.7

2233

when interacting with Club Log APIs, use HTTPS

14.4.7

2234

an ADIF record generate from a QSL Queue entry that specifies a "my QTH ID" will include the MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_CQ_ZONE, MY_COUNTRY, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITU_ZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON, MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE, MY_STREET, MY_NAME, MY_RIG, MY_SIG, MY_SIG_INFO, APP_DXKEEPER_MY_ANT, and APP_DXKEEPER_MY_EMAIL fields

14.4.7

2235

Clicking the Fonts button in the in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab governs the font used in the Filter panel textbox on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

14.4.7

2236

update primary subdivision database entries for China to specify alphabetic province codes

14.4.9

2237

with "Subdivision validity checking" enabled on the Configuration window's Province tab, the Recompute function updates Chinese province codes from numeric to alphabetic

14.4.9

2238

when importing an ADIF or tab-delimited file or logging a QSO received from another application, numeric Chinese province codes are converted to alphabetic codes

14.4.9

2239

when "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" detect a mismatch between a logged QSOs data and the data reported by LoTW, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y'

14.4.9

2240

increase the height of the Filter panel textbox

14.4.9

2241

generate Cabrillo for the PACC contest

14.4.9

2242

inform the user if a WAZ submission cannot be assembled or a WAZ submission report cannot be generated because Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ is not enabled

14.5.0

2243

popup explanations for the Mode selector on the Capture window and on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab specify the filename containing mode specifications

14.5.0

2244

if on startup or after loading a log file, the DXCC database version last known to be consistent with the log file's DXCC progress table is different than that of the currently-installed DXCC database, check to see if the log file's DXCC progress table is consistent with the currently-installed DXCC database; if inconsistent, offer to invoke the Recompute function

14.5.0

2245

update Club Log Home function to use HTTPS

14.5.1

2246

provide the option to include LoTW confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards

14.5.5

2247

include eQSL confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards

14.5.5

2248

In the "WAZ bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, remove the single-band Mixed checkboxes for 80m through 10m, as single-band mixed WAZ awards are no longer available

14.5.5

2249

when assembling a WAZ submission, generate a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award whose contents can be pasted into the CQ-provided WAZ Application spreadsheet, and produce a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award

14.5.5

2250

provide a WAZ Credits function that generates a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award containing QSOs to which WAZ credit has already been granted, and that generates a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award

14.5.5

2251

when performing a Recompute, clear the Region of any Chinese QSO that specifies a region (correcting a defect in DXCC database 2.5.9)

14.5.6

2167

provide the option to log imported QSOs with the SFI/A/K specified on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, which is updated by SpotCollector if running

14.5.8

2252

add Kazakhstan Oblasts to the primary subdivision database

14.5.8

2253

change name of Croation primary subdivisons from Županija to Zupanija

14.5.8

2254

inform the user on attempting to save a myQTH with fields containing too much data

14.6.0

2255

generates SOTA activator progress reports and submission files, employing a User-defined item whose caption is set to MY_SOTA_REF

14.6.0

2256

enable the IOTA Update function to process confirmation information downloaded from the IOTA web page

14.6.0

2257

the IOTA update function should characterize a QSO whose reported time is 0000-00-00 00:00:00 as "ignored" due to the missing date and time, rather than as an error

14.6.1

2258

generated SOTA submission files include the contents of each QSO's "QSL Msg" item

14.6.1

2259

generated SOTA activator submission files specify the precise QSO frequency

14.6.1

2260

the IOTA update function updates the first logged QSO within a 30-minute range surrounding the reported QSO date and time

14.6.1

2261

detects the presence of an override database and, if present, uses it

14.6.7

2262

when processing an inbound OQRS confirmation request for a QSO whose QSL_Sent item is set to 'Y' but whose QSL_Sent_Via item is not set to 'B' or 'D', set the QSO's QSL_Sent item to 'R', and set the QSO's QSL_Sent_Via item to to 'B' (for bureau) or 'D' (for direct) as indicated in the confirmation request

14.7.0

2263

emits a Cabrillo mode of DG for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is set to ARRL-RTTY, and a Cabrillo mode of RY for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is not set to ARRL-RTTY.

14.7.0

2264

add CTRL and SHIFT options to the OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to set the QSO's "QSL_RCVD_VIA" item to 'D' or 'B'

14.7.1

2265

accept up to 4 grid squares from an override

14.7.5

2266

add AS (aircraft scatter) to propagation selectors

14.7.9

2267

accept SUBMODE when importing a tab-delimited file, and include SUBMODE when exporting a tab-delimited file

14.7.9

2268

add JS8 and PSK2K to DefaultModes.txt

14.7.9

2269

in ADIF and tab-delimited file import/export operations, recognize all SUBMODEs specified in ADIF 3.0.9

14.7.9

2270

include a by-continent analysis in the CQ DX Marathon report

14.8.2

2273

reference USAP database when importing QSOs

14.8.3

2274

accept an ExternalLog directive via DDE or TCP that specifies an ADIF record to log, and the following options:
- upload to Club Log
- upload to eQSL.cc
- upload to LoTW
- deduce missing information from primary subdivision and DXCC database
- update eQSL.cc membership
- update LoTW membership
- check the Override List

14.8.3

2275

add APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE1 and SRX_STRING to the "State, Province, & Section" selector in the "Replacement Options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab

14.8.4

2277

in the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "UTC Filter" panel, double-clicking in the "within" or "after" boxes will set them to the current date and time

14.8.5

2278

In the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Duplicates" panel, add a Range box that specifies the range (in minutes) that defines a duplicate QSO

14.8.6

2281

add "low risk" totals to the CQ DX Marathon progress report

14.8.7

2282

provide the ability to specify the font color to be used to render the Capture window callsign as a function of award need: verified, unneeded, unconfirmed, unworked band/mode, unworked, or tagged special

2283

provide the option to automatically use the colors specified on the "Spot Database Display" tab of SpotCollector's Configuration window for the Capture window's Callsign textbox font and background colors, and for the Log Page Display's background colors

14.8.8

2284

provide a <countyexplicit> QSL substitution command that either prints the QSO's county followed by the word County, or if the QSO doesn't specify a county, prints nothing

14.8.8

2285

add a "Sat Name" and a "Sat Mode" selector to the Capture window

14.8.8

2286

adds FT4 to Mode Selectors and the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Mode filter panel

14.9.0

2287

imports and exports FT4 QSOs

14.9.0

2289

export FT4 QSOs with a submode representation

14.9.2

2290

accept a directive to populate the Filter panel textbox

14.9.3

2291

add AISAT1 and PO-101 to DefaultSatellites.txt

14.9.3

2292

add "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections to the USA-CA progress report

14.9.7

2293

in the Secondary Subdivision database, rename South Dakota's Shannon County to Oglala Lakota County

14.9.8

2294

improve the format of the "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections of the USA-CA progress report

14.9.8

2295

if the Capture window's "sat name" selector is not empty, clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with its "Propagation mode" item set to SAT

15.0.0

2296

if when directed to lookup callsign X, QRZ XML returns information for callsign Y, check to see if Y is included as an alias for X; if so, report only location-independent information; if not, report "callsign not found"

15.0.1

2297

notify the user if a QSO received from another application can't be logged

15.0.2

2298

when importing an ADIF file, accept a list of grid squares specified in the VUCC_GRIDS tag

15.0.2

2299

update the Secondary Subdivision Database for Alaska to match ADIF

15.0.2

2300

adds a "Copy to Windows Clipboard" command to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu

15.0.2

2301

add BO-102, NO-103, and NO-104 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

15.0.7

2302

display a progress window while executing a script

15.0.8

2303

expanding the width of the Main window's "my QTHs" tab expands the width of the "my QTHs" table shown on that tab

15.0.9

2305

when logging via the Capture window, or via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled, and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, populates the "Satellite Name" and "Satellite Mode" items with the information being reported by Commander

15.1.1

2306

when logging via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, sets the Prop Mode item to "SAT"

15.1.5

2307

add QSO date to the USA-CA submission report

15.1.5

2308

provide the ability to generate user item progress reports from a script

15.1.7

2309

"Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" sets a QSO's "eQSL Member" item to 'A' if the eQSL Inbox record contains APP_EQSL_AG:1>Y

15.1.8

2310

when generating a progress report from information in a selected user-defined item,

any control characters in the contents of the user-defined item will be treated as a space character so user-defined items will be properly formatted in the progress report
the generated progress report will allocate enough horizontal space to show the longest user-defined item contents

15.2.0

2311

remove the "determine the DXCC entity from the 5th character in a 6-character VK9 callsign" rule (retract enhancement #1157)

15.2.3

2312

provide a FIX-China_Hunan_CQ_Zone.txt script

15.2.3

2313

provide a WPX Update function that accepts a spreadsheet with one worksheet per mode containing callsigns to which WPX credit has been granted, and updates logged QSOs to reflect the granting of WPX credit

15.2.4

2314

add VA to Satellite Mode selectors

15.2.4

2315

set the Select items of logged QSOs to Y in QSOs whose callsigns appear in a specified text file

15.2.4

2316

update the DXCCVerification file referenced by the "DXCC Compare" function to "Kingdom of Eswatini"

15.2.5

2317

improve printer quality selection

15.2.5

2318

consider an override to end at 23:59:59Z on the specified end date

15.2.5

2319

provide FFMA support

add ability to generate an FFMA progress report
add option to populate QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation is "needed" for FFMA

15.2.9

2320

the "Add SWL entry to QSL Queue" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu provides the option of specifying a QSL message to appear on the QSL card or label

15.2.9

2321

update Club Log OQRS URL

15.3.2

2322

include a QSO's satellite name and satellite mode when submitting that QSO to eQSL

15.3.3

2323

provide a "User-specified digital mode family" selector in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab

15.3.3

2324

in SQL expressions, replace <USERDIGIMODE1> with a comma-delimited list of all modes in the current log's "user-specified digital mode family"

15.3.3

2325

with the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item name" selector set to a grid square item, setting its "Item new value" to <ShortGrid> will in each QSO in the Log Page Display reduce the precision of that grid square item to 4 characters

15.3.4

2328

provide a "non-compliant ADIF" option that compensates for reported defects in the ADIF files generated by some applications

15.3.8

2329

include the submode in import, eQSL sync, and LoTW sync reports

15.4.7

2330

the Call filter filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs with the specified callsign prepended with a !

15.4.7

2331

changes to Japanese Secondary Subdivisions:

1. Added Nakagawa (city), JCC #4037

2. Changed status of Chikushi to deleted, JCG #40010

3. Changed status of Sasayama (city) to deleted, JCC #2722

4. Added Tanbasasayama (city), JCC #2731

5. Added Tomiya (city), JCC #0616

6. Added Takizawa (city), JCC #0316

7. Added Oamishirasato (city), JCC #1239

8. Added Nagakute (city), JCC #2040

9. Changed status of Hatogaya (city) to deleted, JCC #1326

10. Changed status of Ishikawa to deleted, JCG #30001

11. Changed status of Higashiiwai to deleted, JCG #03012

12. Changed status of Hikawa to deleted, JCG #32015

13. Changed status of Yatsuka to deleted, JCG #32017

14. Changed status of Kamitsuga to deleted, JCG #15003

15. Changed status of Hazu to deleted, JCG #20012

16. Changed name of Uryu to Uryu(Sorachi), JCG #01014

17. Removed characters after name of Niigata, Kita Ku, #080101

15.4.8

2332

inform the user when a "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs", or "Update from LoTW" operation produces a "Username/password incorrect" response from LoTW

15.4.9

2333

enable "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs" function to work correctly when the CTRL key is depressed given change to LoTW's lotwreport programmatic interface

15.4.9

2335

with realtime VUCC award checking enabled, when the "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function reports an LoTW confirmation that does not specify a grid square on a band on which VUCC is sought, report the logged QSO's grid square and confirmation status

15.5.4

2336

with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Overwrite Log Data with LotW data", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value

15.5.5

2337

with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value, as well as items whose values have been retained

15.5.6

2338

when reporting the results of a "Sync eQSL QSLs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function for a QSO whose QSO mode is represented by an ADIF mode and ADIF submode, report the QSO mode

15.5.7

2339

LoTW confirmations are accepted for IOTA awards

15.5.9

2340

augment the subdivision database with Russian districts specfied in

http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt

15.5.9

2341

Adds HO-107 and Taurus to DefaultSatellites.txt

15.5.9

2342

if "Sync LoTW QSOs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" are invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, offer a "cancel" option

15.6.0

2343

provide a EntityCount.txt script whose resulting log shows the number of logged QSOs with each DXCC entity prefix

15.6.0

2344

improve the after-action report generated by the "Update from LoTW" function

15.6.2

2345

provide the ability to specify envelope dimensions in inches or millimeters

15.6.3

2346

when generating an IOTA submission, choose an LoTW-confirmed QSO whose QSO partner submitted IOTA designator matches the IOTA designator in your logged QSO over an LoTW-confirmed QSO that lacks the IOTA designator match

15.6.4

2347

Adds TO-108 to DefaultSatellites.txt

15.6.9

2349

accept POTA, SOTA, and WWFF tags from SpotCollector

15.7.1

2350

eQSL confirmations are no longer accepted for RDA

15.7.1

2351

support the new FST4 mode

15.7.3

2352

improve the content of explanatory popups in the Log Page Display

15.7.5

2353

improve the content of explanatory popups in the Award Progress tables on each of the tabs on the Realtime Award Tracking window

15.7.5

2354

supports changes made in ADIF 3.1.1

adds a definition for FST4 to the DefaultModes.txt file
adds a definition for 5m to the DefaultBands.txt file
adds a definition for 8m to the DefaultBands.txt file
adds ARRL-10-GHZ to the "Contest ID" selector on the Configuration window's Contest ID tab
adds WW-DIGI to the "Contest ID" selector on the Configuration window's Contest ID tab

15.8.0

2355

make the default myQTH's Sig and SigInfo available to other applications

15.8.2

2356

generate a progress report for the Helvetia 26 award family

15.8.5

2357

include each QSO's email item in an exported tab-delimited file

15.8.7

2358

provide a "Prompt on change to logged QSO already uploaded to eQSL.cc and/or LoTW" option in the General panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab

15.8.9

2359

enhancements to the "Uniques" function on the Main window's Check Progress tab

adds a Bands column to the report that shows the total number of bands worked
invoking the Uniques report while depressing the ALT key generates a report sorted in descending order of bands worked
doesn't delete \databases\UniquesReport.mdb after generating a Uniques report
adds a Uniques_BandTotal script command that generates a Uniques report sorted in descending order of bands worked

15.8.9

2360

when logging a QSO, include the entity-band-mode progress in the information conveyed to SpotCollector

15.9.2

2361

improve label column widths

15.9.3

2362

provide a "Check LoTW Queue" function on the Main window's QSL tab when the "QSL Via" panel is set to LoTW

15.9.3

2363

provide the option to maintain the default station callsign, operator callsign and owner callsign in a log file

15.9.3

2364

provide the option to display the Configuration window's defaults tab whenever a log file is opened

15.9.3

2365

simplify the display of the current hour's estimated LoTW Queue duration, and clear it after the end of the current hour

15.9.4

2366

improve the contents of the tooltip associated with the estimated LoTW Queue duration

15.9.4

2367

improve the readability of date-and-times shown on the Main window's QSL tab

15.9.5

2368

display the default Station Callsign in the Main window's title bar, enclosed by curly braces

15.9.6

2369

add a "Set Select to Y'" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse popup menu

15.9.9

2370

add "by band" and "by mode" totals to Marathon progress reports

16.0.0

2371

when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RCVD field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item

16.0.1

2372

when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RECINFO, APP_DXLOG_RECINFO2, or APP_DXLOG_RECINFO3 field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item if a "higher priority" field is not present in the QSO Record

16.0.2

2373

when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to DXKeeper with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign

16.0.4

2374

add SX to the Satellite Mode selector

16.0.5

2375

provides a "Set Select" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window

whose "From Callsign File" function prompts the user to select a file contains one callsign per line, and then sets the Select item of each QSO in the Log Page Display with a callsign specified in that file
whose "Clear Select" function set the Select item to 'N' in all QSOs in the current log

16.0.5

2376

extend the "From Callsign File" function to treat the space character as a callsign delimiter in the selected text file

16.0.6

2377

on startup, if the file SatelliteModes.txt is present in DXKeeper's Databases folder, loads its contents into the Satellite Mode selector in Capture window and in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

16.0.6

2378

when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to WinWarbler with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign

16.0.7

2379

if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, wait 10 ms and retry

16.0.8

2380

provides a "Create Mobile myQTHID" option on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab

16.0.8

2381

if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, close and re-open the recordset, and then retry

16.0.9

2382

depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "Check LoTW Queue" button directs your default web browser to display the LoTW Server's processing queue history and current status

16.0.9

2383

support 67 new submodes added to ADIF 3.1.2: DOM-M, DOM4, DOM5, DOM8, DOM11, DOM16, DOM22, DOM44, DOM88, HELLX5, HELLX9, SLOWHELL, FST4W, JTMS, MFSK64L, MFSK128L, Q65, 8PSK125, 8PSK125F, 8PSK125FL, 8PSK250, 8PSK250F, 8PSK250FL, 8PSK500, 8PSK500F, 8PSK1000, 8PSK1000F, 8PSK1200F, PSK63RC20, PSK63RC32, PSK63RC4, PSK63RC5, PSK63RC10, PSK125RC10, PSK125RC12, PSK125RC16, PSK125RC4, PSK125RC5, PSK250RC2, PSK250RC3, PSK250RC5, PSK250RC6, PSK250RC7, PSK500RC2, PSK500RC3, PSK500RC4, PSK800RC2, PSK1000RC2, THOR-M, THOR4, THOR5, THOR8, THOR11, THOR16, THOR22, THOR25X4, THOR50X1, THOR50X2, THOR100, THRBX1, THRBX2, THRBX4, THROB1, THROB2, THROB4, NAVTEX, SITORB

16.1.0

2384

includes a Normalize_ITU.txt script in its Scripts folder than removes leading zeroes from the ITU items of logged QSOs

16.1.0

2385

ignore control characters and leading spaces in responses from Club Log

16.1.1

2386

include SAT_NAME in ADIF records sent to or destined for Club Log

16.1.1

2387

enable filtering of VUCC progress by gridsquare

16.1.3

2388

use less resources when expanding the Mode field capacity from 8 to 12 characters

16.1.4

2390

provide row-by-row control over the Capture window layout

16.1.7

2391

if "Sync LoTW QSOs" encounters a duplicate QSO, set its Select item to 'Y'

16.2.0

2392

provides the Duplicate filter with a Merge option to that harvests information from duplicate QSOs whose Select items are set to 'Y' and places it into empty items in the QSO whose Select item will not be set to 'Y'

16.2.0

2393

provides the "Duplicate Checking panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab with a "Merge information from each duplicate into the existing QSO" option that when enabled updates information not present in an existing QSO with information harvested from an imported duplicate QSO

16.2.1

2394

when double-clicking a callsign in Commander's Bandspread or Spectrum-Waterfall windows with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, direct DXKeeper to populate its Filter panel textbox to the double-clicked callsign

16.2.1

2395

include the GRIDSQUARE and VUCC_GRIDS items when submitting a QSO to Club Log, and recognize Club Log's new "Updated" response

16.2.4

2396

set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if one of its gridsquares is cleared or set to a valid gridsquare, or if the confirmation status of any of its gridsquare changes, or if the VUCC credit status of its gridsquares changes

16.2.5

2397

when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF QSLRDATE, QSLSDATE, OPERATOR, BAND_RX, QSL_SENT, NOTES, and CREDIT_GRANTED fields

16.2.5

2398

if the "include eQSL.cc QSLs in DXCC, VUCCC, WAS, WAC, & Maidenhead Grid progress" option is enabled, set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if its GRIDSQUARE item is confirmed via eQSL

16.2.6

2399

when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF eQSL_QSL_Rcvd fields

16.2.7

2400

in panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item

16.2.9

2401

in the Filter panel at the bottom of the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item

16.3.3

2402

add Q65 to the "Mode Filter" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window

16.3.4

2403

enable Modify and ModifyWithoutBackup script commands to computationally modify a QSO's freq or rx_freq item

16.3.5

2404

reference the RDA database (if present) to determine a Russian callsign's Oblast and District

16.3.6

2405

import DARC_DOK in addition to APP_DXKeeper_DOK ; export DARC_DOK

16.3.6

2407

on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, add SRX to the "Replacement Options" panel's "Station, Province, & Section" selector

16.3.6

2408

add <QSOBegin> and <QSOEnd> QSL substitution commands

16.3.6

2409

Extends the Main window's QSL tab's "QSL Via" panel's "save to ADIF file" and "save to Tab-delimited file" options to include the QSO's End time

16.3.6

2410

the RAC award accepts LoTW confirmations

16.3.6

2411

remove support for the now-defunct "Global QSL" remote printing service

16.3.6

2412

when using "QRZ XML data" as a callbook and a nickname is reported, use it in preference to the reported first name

16.3.6

2413

provide a Need filter that populates the Needed item of each QSO in the Log Page Display based on whether its confirmation would advance award progress towards the DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX award on the bands and modes sought

16.3.6

2406

provide the option to display QSOs not confirmed via LoTW that are "needed" for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX

16.3.6

2407

if the RDA database is installed in DXView, reference it to determine a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District
- take the QSO Begin date of an already-logged QSO into account when determining a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District
- with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled when logging a QSO via a Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the mouse cursor positioned in the "QSO Begin" item, striking the Enter key re-evaluates a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District based on the callsign and QSO Begin date

16.3.6

2408

modify the CBA function to not modify confirmed items when invoked with the CTRL key depressed

16.3.7

2409

modify the CBA function to query the RDA database, if installed

16.3.7

2410

when the CBA function is invoked with the Callbook set to "QRZ.com via Pathfinder", determines if the operation will take longer than 1 minute given the 15 lookups-per-minute rate, and if so informs the user of the expected duration and requests permission to proceed

16.3.7

2411

when logging a British callsign via the Capture window, hide the Region selector's ? button so a full WAB square designator is visible

16.3.7

2412

handle callbooks that report a Canadian province as a state

16.3.7

2413

provide an option that determines whether the CBA function generates a Callbook Lookup Actions Report

16.3.9

2414

retract eQSL "Download Images" function

16.4.1

2415

adds AO-109, KEDR, HO-113, MAYA-3, MAYA-4, and UVSQ to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

16.4.1

2416

provide a new "Spot POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab

16.4.1

2417

when importing an ADIF file with "Enable Override checking" enabled, extracts information from <SEC:> tags in an Override's Location field

16.4.4

2418

updates the Secondary Subdivision database to include a table that relates counties in California, Florida, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington to ARRL sections, and references this table when

logging new QSOs via the Capture window or the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
extracting information from already-logged QSOs
performing Callbook lookups
importing an ADIF file with "Deduce missing items..." or "Query callbook..." or "Enable Override checking" enabled
performing a "lookup" operation at the direction of another application (like WinWarbler)

16.4.4

2419

provide a new "Spot IOTA, POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab

16.4.4

2420

increase the speed of multiple-QSO CBA lookups and import operations that use "QRZ via Pathfinder" by more accurately implementing the required 15-lookups-per-minute pacing

16.4.5

2422

when importing QSOs, accept 8-digit grid squares

16.4.6

2423

adds MO-112 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

16.4.7

2424

restore eQSL image download function with 1 second pacing

16.5.3

2425

provide a "Default Propagation Mode by band" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab

16.5.7

2426

add CAS-2T to the DefaultSatellites.txt file

16.5.8

2427

when logging a QSO received from another application that does not specify a myQTH ID and with no myQTHs defined, references the default QTH Latitude and Longitude to compute distance

16.5.8

2428

adds 'R' to the "QSL Sent Via" selector, meaning "Reply Card", exporting this to an ADIF file with

<QSL_SENT_VIA:1>D <APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_SENT_VIA_REPLY_CARD:1>Y

- when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is not set to eQSL or LoTW, provide an "Include QSLs to be sent via Reply Cards" checkbox in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel

- adds "Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'R' (for Reply Card) to the "Add Needed" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab

16.5.9

2429

after a Reply Card is printed for a QSO, the "Update Log" function sets that QSO's "QSL Sent Via" item to 'R' (for "Reply Card")

16.6.0

2430

adds ARRL-DIGI to the Contest-ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab, and supports Cabrillo generation for ARRL-DIGI QSOs

16.6.0

2431

when importing a QSO or receiving a QSO from another application that does not specify an azimuth or distance, compute them if the QSO specifies sufficient information

16.6.3

2432

supports modes and submodes defined in ADIF 3.1.3, adding them to DefaultModes.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder:
- submodes of DIGITALVOICE: C4M, CMR, DSTART
- mode DYNAMIC with submodes: VARA HF, VARA SATELLITE, VARA FM 1200, VARA FM 9600

16.6.5

2433

adds GWAVE and LOW to the propagation mode selectors (ground wave, line of sight)

16.6.5

2434

update the Primary Subdivision Database for South Korea (country code 137)

- add entry for Sejong
- add entry for Special Island
- update province names

16.6.5

2435

corrects the Primary Subdivision Database for Skåne län in Sweden by changing the code from L to M (tnx to Bjorn SM7IUN)

16.6.5

2436

adds tables to the Secondary Subdivision Database for municipalities in Spain, Baleric Islands, Canary Islands, Ceuta, and Melita

16.6.5

2437

add the K1USN Slow Speed Test (K1USN-SST), the Vermont QSO Party (VT-QSO-PARTY), and Winter Field Day (WFD) to Contest ID selectors; note that documentation of Cabrillo templates for these contests could not be located, so Cabrillo generation is not supported

16.6.5

2438

adds CAS-2T to DefaultSatellites.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder

16.6.5

485

generate a myQTH report; include the number of QSOs made from each myQTH

16.6.6

2439

in the QRZ panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, expand the name of the "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option to "Ignore geocoded grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes"

16.6.7

2440

provides a "Preferred Location Source" panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab

16.6.7

2441

provide a "Substitute default Propagation mode for missing PROP_MODE" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab

16.7.1

2442

accept a Check command via TCP that filters the Log Page Display to contain all QSOs with the specified callsign

16.7.6

2443

add PE to ARRL Section selectors

16.7.7

2444

assign QSOs with the province of PE to the ARRL section of PE

16.7.8

2445

provide a YASME progress report that recognizes confirmations via QSL card, eQSL, and LoTW

16.8.1

2446

enable the YASME progress report to be invoked from a script

16.8.2

2447

include the YASME database in the "Database Info" window

16.8.3

2448

on the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window, provide the ability to set Select to Y or N in all QSOs in the Log Page Display

16.8.4

2449

extend upper bound of the SUBMM band to 75000000000 MHz in compliance with forthcoming ADIF 3.1.4

16.8.6

2450

provide a "print grid lines" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's "QSL Labels" tab

16.9.1

2451

left-justify the Band column on printed QSL labels

16.9.1

2453

when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, identifies and reports QSOs whose logged CQ zone is inconsistent information from the DXCC, RDA, or USAP databases and whose "Zone Risk" items are nominal, and sets their "Zone Risk" items to High

16.9.2

2454

considers LoTW confirmations to be valid for JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA awards

16.9.2

2455

when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, reference the Override list for when checking for CQ zone consistency

16.9.3

2456

import and export the CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_STATUS and CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_DATE fields; continue to import the App_DXKeeper_ClubLog and APP_DXKeeper_ClubLogDate fields

16.9.4

2457

add FREEDV and M17 as submodes of the DIGITALVOICE mode (ADIF 3.1.4)

16.9.7

2458

add EA-MAJESTAD-CW,EA-MAJESTAD-SSB, and ICWC-MST to ContestID selector (ADIF 3.1.4)

16.9.7

2459

in the Secondary Subdivision Database for Japan, remove the word Ku from the 23 cities within Tokyo

16.9.8

2460

add CA-5A and IO-117 to DefaultSatellites.txt

16.9.9

2461

add FO-118 to DefaultSatellites.txt

16.9.9

2462

update the URL associated with the Club Log panel's Home button

16.9.9

2463

support the new ADIF Region field

17.0.0

2464

provide a 5BWAC.txt script that generates a 5-band WAC progress report

17.0.1

2465

in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button forgoes harvesting information from previously logged QSOs with the callsign

17.0.2

2466

in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button clears all location-based items and then populates Capture items from an override (if present) and the selected callbook

17.0.3

2467

support 30m, 17m, and 30m mixed WAZ awards

17.0.3

2468

extends the Recompute function to populate or correct each QSO's "ARRL Section" item

17.0.4

2469

in the Marathon progress report, change the name of DXCC entity 468 to "Kingdom of Eswatini"

17.0.4

2470

extends the Recompute function to populate missing "ARRL Section" items and report inconsistent "ARRL Section" items unless it is invoked with the ALT key depressed, in which case it will correct inconsistent "ARRL Section" items

17.0.5

2471

provides a Fix_VE_Sections.txt script that updates the Sections in Canadian QSOs to reflect changes instituted by RAC

17.0.6

2472

provides a 5BCanada.txt script that generates a RAC CanadaAward progress report from 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m

17.0.6

2473

reflect "Update to RAC Field Organization" https://www.rac.ca/changes-to-the-rac-field-organization-effective-january-1-2023/

- add sections to the Section selectors in the Capture window, the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, and the Configuration window's Contest tab: GH, NB, NS, TER

- remove sections from the Section selectors in the Capture window, and the Configuration window's Contest tab: GTA, MAR, NT

17.0.6

2474

a change to a QSO's "eQSL QSL Rcvd" item other than to 'X' will change its Club Log item from Y to M

17.0.6

a change to a QSO's "QSL Rcvd" or "LoTW QSL Rcvd" item to 'X' will not change its Club Log item from Y to M

17.0.6

2475

when syncing with LoTW, inform the user if LoTW's Download Abuse Protector is triggered

17.0.9

2476

adds a new "Comma-delimited List" style for user-defined items

17.0.9

2477

extends the "User Item" progress report to accept multiple tags specified in a user-defined item whose style is "Comma-delimited List"

17.0.9

2478

In the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Modify QSOs" panel, the "Item New Value" can be set to <AppendUDI X,Y, Z> where X, Y, and Z specify user-defined items whose contents are appended with comma separators to the selected Item Name

17.0.9

2479

If a user-defined item whose ADIF box is checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF,
populate it when importing from a POTA_REF field and export it ot a POTA_REF field

17.1.0

2480

If a double-clicked Spot Database entry specifies a POTA tag and if a user-defined item whose ADIF box is checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF, populate that user-defined item in the Capture window with that POTA tag

17.1.1

2481

Add a "Copy to Clipboard" button to the Print Preview window that when clicked copies the preview to the Windows Clipboard

17.1.1

2482

Extend WAS Realtime Award Tracking to include WAS FT8 and FT4 endorsements

17.1.1

2484

Provide a Recompute button on the Configuration window's Awards tab

17.1.2

2485

On the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL and LoTW tabs, the Account window displayed by clicking the Update button is made "always on top" to ensure visibility

17.1.2

2486

in the reports generated by eQSL and LoTW "sync" functions, precede error messages with "Error: " so they can more easily be identified

17.1.2

2487

improved support for uploading QSOs to Club Log, and added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect confirmation via Club Log

added "Club Log rcvd" and "Club Log rcvd date" items to each QSO
added a "Club Log" subpanel to the "Online QSL" panel on the Main Window's "Log QSOs" tab whose visibility is controlled by a new "Club & QRZ" checkbox in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab
a QSO's IOTA field is now included in the information uploaded to Club Log
updated IOTA realtime award tracking to consider Club Log confirmations
Updated the IOTA progress report to display and count Club Log confirmations
Updated the WAE and WIA progress reports to display and count Club Log confirmations
Added "Club Log" as an option in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab; with this option selected
- the upload functions previously provided in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab are now provided on the Main window's QSL tab
- a "Sync Club Log QSLs" function is now available

17.1.4

added support for uploading QSOs to QRZ, and added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect confirmation via QRZ

added "QRZ sent", "QRZ sent date", "QRZ rcvd", "QRZ rcvd date" and QRZ LogID tems to each QSO
added a "QRZ" subpanel to the "Online QSL" panel on the Main Window's "Log QSOs" tab whose visibility is controlled by a new "Club & QRZ" checkbox in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab
Added "QRZ" as an option in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab; with this option selected
- an "Upload to QRZ" function is now available
- a "Sync QRZ QSLs" function is now available
Added "Upload to QRZ" and "Delete from QRZ" commands to the right mouse menu that appears when right-clicking an entry in the Log Page Display
Added a QSL tab to the "QSL Configuration" window that provides
- QRZ authentication (callsign and password)
- QRZ logbook selection
- the option to automatically upload each logged QSO to QRZ

17.1.4

2488

selecting a QSO whose ARRL/RAC section is not a valid section abbreviation - like VE3 - will display the invalid section abbreviation, and flash the word ARRL to its left in blue font.

17.1.4

2489

update IOTA realtime tracking when a QSO that specifies an IOTA tag is confirmed via LoTW

17.1.4

2490

provide additional Help buttons to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window

17.1.4

2491

extend Worked All Italian Provinces award report to consider LotW confirmations

17.1.4

2492

add an IOTA checkbox to the Main window's myQTHs tab that determines whether QSOs made from a myQTH are valid for IOTA awards

17.1.4

2493

clicking the currently-selected entry in the Log Page Display directs DXView and Pathfinder to perform a lookup operation on the entry's callsign

17.1.4

2494

add LEDSAT to DefaultSatellites.txt

17.1.4

2595

when reporting a new confirmation, the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Sync eQSL QSLs functions indicate if the QSO is marked "invalid or ignore"

17.1.4

2596

increase the number of myQTHs from 1024 to 4096

17.1.4

2597

accept SetNeeded and ClearNeeded commands in scripts

17.1.4

2598

extend the "QSL Stats" report to include Club Log and QRZ confirmations

17.1.4

2599

If the the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk "option is enabled, the Marathon submission generator will automatically consider countries and Marathon zones of QSOs confirmed via Club Log, or QRZ to be low risk , as well as QSOs confirmed via LoTW and authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL

17.1.4

2600

invoking a the Marathon Progress Report will not set a logged QSO's CQ Zone Risk item to 'H' if the QSO's CQ Zone is confirmed via LoTW, even if that QSO's CQ zone doesn't match the USAP database's CQ Zone (for FCC-licensed station) or DXCC database (for non-FCC-licensed stations)

17.1.4

2601

add a QRZ panel to the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that provides

a "World DX" button that generates a progress report for QRZ's "World DX" award, which considers only QSOs confirmed via QRZ; this progress report can be invoked from a script using the Report command with its first parameter set to QRZ-DXCC-World

17.1.4

2602

if MSWinsck cannot be installed, display the steps that will enable it to be installed

17.1.4

2603

On the Main window's myQTH panel

change the caption Pri Sub to Pri Name
change the caption Sec Sub to Sec Name
change the caption Country Sub to Country Name
added the DXCC code item, which specifies the AIDF code for the myQTH's DXCC entity, and exports it to ADIF using MY_DXCC
added the Pri code item, which specifies the ADIF code for the myQTH's primary administrative subdivision, and exports it to ADIF using MY_STATE
added the Sec code item, which specifies the ADIF code for the myQTH's secondary administrative subdivision, and exports it to AIDF using MY_CNTY

17.1.4

2604

when downloading from Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, or QRZ and a "download error" occurs, direct the web browser specified in the Guidance panel (Configuration window's General tab) to display the specific error message

17.1.5

2608

add ARRL-EME to the CONTEST_ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab

17.2.0

2609

when uploading a QSO to Club Log, eQSL, or LoTW whose callsign begins with !, remove the ! from the uploaded callsign

17.2.0

2610

add a "Upload QSOs whose callsigns begin with !" box to the Options tab on the QSL Configuration window's General tab that, when checked, enables callsigns that begin with ! to be uploaded to Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, and QRZ with the ! removed from the callsigns before uploading

17.2.0

2611

add INSPR7 to DefaultSatellites.txt

17.2.0

2612

The WAZ Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each WAZ-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M'

17.2.1

2613

The VUCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each VUCC-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M'

17.2.2

2615

provide a "Sync QRZ QSLs downloads ADIF" option on the "QSL Configuration window's QRZ tab that when enabled causes the "Sync QRZ QSLs" function to direct QRZ to download ADIF records rather than LogIDs

17.2.4

2616

"Sync Club Log QSLs" and "Sync QRZ QSLs" automatically clear any Log Page Display filter

17.2.5

2617

"Upload to QRZ" reports the number of QSOs replaced in the QRZ Logbook

17.2.5

2606

provide Sat and EME options in "WAZ Bands & Modes" panel that when enabled cause the WAZ Progress Report to include Satellite and EME progress

17.3.0

2618

extend the WAS Progress and WAS Submission reports to indicate whether or not they are limited to QRP QSOs

17.3.0

2619

when importing an ADIF file, tolerate a GRIDSQUARE field that specifies a list of up to 4 comma-delimited gridsquares

17.3.0

2620

with "log debugging info" enabled, record the reason a QSO is not included in Marathon Realtime Award Tracking

17.3.6

2621

add QRP as a Marathon Cas

17.3.6

2622

when uploading a QSO to QRZ, includes the LoTW QSL Sent, LoTW QSL Sent Date, LoTW QSL Rcvd Date, eQSL Sent, eQSL QSL Sent Date, and eQSL QSL Rcvd Date fields

17.3.6

2623

add SO-121 to DefaultSatellites.txt

17.3.7

2625

improve section titles in the Marathon Progress report

17.3.9

2626

add UU to the Satellite Mode selectors

17.4.1

2627

on the Configuration window's Awards tab, provide a "Display Progress in bold font" option in a new "Realtime Award Tracking" panel that controls the display of information in the Realtime Award Tracking window's tabs

17.4.1

2628

add updated TQSL error descriptions

17.4.8

2629

include "Challenge Class" score in the Marathon progress report

17.4.8

2630

Update Secondary Subdivision Database to reflect JARL changes:

1. marked undeleted 1119 Ayase (city)

2. marked undeleted 35010 Toyota

3. marked undeleted 43005 Kamimashiki

4. added 180208 Hamamatsu, Chuo Ku

5. added 180209 Hamamatsu, Hamana Ku

6. marked deleted 180201 Naka

7. marked deleted 180202 Higashi

8. marked deleted 180203 Nishi

9. marked deleted 180204 Minami

10. marked deleted 180205 Kita

11. marked deleted 180206 Hamakita

17.4.9

2631

Add a Challenge checkbox to the "Marathon Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab that when checked

- checks the panel's 80m, 40m, 30m, 20m, 17m, 15m, 12m, and 10m boxes, enabling realtime award tracking for Marathon on those bands

- adds Challenge statistics to the Marathon Progress Report

In the "Year, Class, Category, and Submission Information" window,

- adds a Challenge button to the Class panel

- removes references to a Scoresheet

The Marathon Submission function generates a submission file in XML and an accompanying submission report

17.5.1

2632

makes the dialog box displayed when "Sync LoTW QSLs" detects an inconsistency and the "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" panel is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose..." always on top

17.5.4

2633

extend the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Recompute" functions to report QSOs that specify an undefined myQTH

17.5.4

2635

added Sud Sardegna (SU) to the list of Sardinian Provinces, the new name of Carbonia-Iglesias (CI) since 2017-01-01

17.5.5

2636

adds 5BWAS to the Award selector on the "WAS Submission" window that enables creation of a 5BWAS Submission Report

17.5.8

2637

provide a "Report unmatched QSLs as errors" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's QRZ tab

17.6.0

2638

expand the QRZ LogID item from a long integer to an unbound string

17.6.1

2639

ALT-clicking the "Upload to QRZ" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display

17.6.3

2640

ALT-clicking the "Upload to Club Log" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display

17.6.3

2641

errorlog.txt file header reports when running on Windows 11

17.6.7

2642

the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is logged, updated, or deleted

17.6.7

2643

the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is confirmed via LoTW, or imported from an ADIF or tab-delimited file

17.6.8

2644

closing the Comment Editor or QSL Msg Editor window asks the user whether to update the destination item with un-saved characters

17.7.4

2647

add ARI-EME to Contest-ID selectors (Italian EME Trophy)

17.7.7

2648

add MO-122 to DefaultSatellites.txt

17.7.7

2649

extends the IOTA Update function handles new band and mode fields now present in .csv file downloaded from IOTA

17.7.7

2650

when the "Display LotW Queue" function is invoked, perform a quick check on the availability of

http://www.arrl.org/logbook-queue-status

before invoking the URLDownloadToFile function; if that web page is not available, inform the user and terminate the operation.If an attempt to an invoke URLDownloadToFile fails with "resource not found”, immediately reports this failure to the user and provide the opportunity to abort subsequent retries.

17.7.8

2651

when clicking the QSL panel's CFM button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depress CTRL to also set the QSO's "RCVD VIA" item to 'D' or depress ALT to also set "RCVD VIA" to 'B'

17.8.1

2652

the WAS Submission and VUCC Submission windows each have an independent Preference selector that determines to which submission a QSO confirmed via both QSL Card and LoTW is added; these new Preference selectors replace the "VUCC & WAS Submission panel" previously provided on the Configuration window's Awards tab

17.8.1

2653

provides a new "Sync All" operation driven by a new "Sync All" panel on the "QSL Configuration window's General tab

17.8.1

2654

ADIF 3.1.5 support
- recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE when importing ADIF or TDF
- recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS when importing ADIF or TDF
- ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSLRDate
- ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd
- TDF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd

17.8.4

2655

Add support for the FSKH245 and FSKH105 digital modes

17.8.4

2656

Add to the Contest-ID selectors:
ARI-IAC-13CM ARI Italian Activity Contest (13cm+)
ARI-IAC-23CM ARI Italian Activity Contest (23cm)
ARI-IAC-6M ARI Italian Activity Contest (6m)
ARI-IAC-UHF ARI Italian Activity Contest (UHF)
ARI-IAC-VHF ARI Italian Activity Contest (VHF)
DARC-FT4 DARC FT4 Contest
K1USN-SSO K1USN Slow Speed Open
PCC PCCPro CW Contest

2657

If a callbook lookup returns an invalid IOTA tag, ignore it

17.8.4

2658

ADIF 3.1.5 Primary Subdivision updates and additions per

https://adif.org.uk/proposed/315/ADIF_315_annotated.htm#Primary_Administrative_Subdivision

(deprecated entries have name marked with a trailing X)
- 11 Andaman and Nicobar Is (new)
- 21 Balearic Is
- 22 Jan Mayen (new)
- 29 Canary Is
- 50 Mexico
- 70 Cuba (new)
- 108 Brazil
- 112 Chile
- 132 Paraguay
- 142 Lakshadweep Is (new)
- 144 Uruguay
- 163 Papua New Guinea
- 170 New Zealand
- 225 Sardinia
- 227 France
- 230 Germany
- 245 Ireland
- 259 Svalbard (new)
- 263 Netherlands
- 266 Norway (new)
- 275 Romania
- 281 Spain
- 284 Sweden
- 324 India (new)
- 375 Phillippines

17.8.5

2659

don't change a QSO's "QRZ Sent" item from 'Y' to 'M' when its confirmed via LoTW

17.8.5

2660

don't include any LoTW status in the QSO record submitted to QRZ

17.8.5

2661

add a "Sync All" button to the right of the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

17.8.5

2662

adds AO-123 and SONATE to DefaultSatellites.txt

17.8.5

161

automation for filenames, URLs, and email addresses in the notes (comment) item

180

If a myQTH item caption is rendered in red when a myQTH Save is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the myQTH items are successfully saved

186

Track user modification of QSO Info on an item-by-item basis so that clearing all Main or Capture window items is unnecessary after a Callbook lookup on an erroneous callsign

192

Optionally provide a warning on startup if a backup has not been made during the past week

196

When setting the Address item via a Callbook lookup, don't include the country name if the operator resides in that country

207

Optionally create a master callsign database

means to populate it from existing log files
maintain currency as new QSOs are added to any log file
ability to quickly show previous QSOs with a station, independent of log file

213

provide an alternative "single QSO" QSL label format that allows more room for QSL notes and QSL manager, and is driven by substitution commands so that users can control content

allow multiple formats to be defined, and allow the user to select the format to be used in a batch; this allows back-of-envelope labels to be generated, for example

246

create and maintain a County progress table in each log, and notify the user when a county is needed; consider implementing in a separate award tracking application

262

60m, 1.25M, 4M, 70CM, and 23CM award tracking

264

control order as well as content from the Config window's Log Page Display panel - use a pair of lists (candidate items, selected items) rather than a single grid

280

update DXView when the Capture window's grid item is updated

301

user-configurable report writer

303

ability to plot the DXCC entities selected by the filters on DXKeeper's Award Progress tab

316

optionally use Roman Numerals to designate months on QSL cards and labels

319

option for "Needed" to mean "work each entity on every band-mode combination" (add an all band-modes box to the Progress tab's DXCC/TOP panel)

325

print preview for address labels

333

ability to reveal why a particular QSO is broken

337

comprehensive QSO error checker (examine each QSO)

349

add "Buro service" to entity table in DXCC database; provide qualifiers on Main window's QSL tab that limit AddNeeded and AddRequested to QSOs with entities that offer Buro service, or don't offer Buro service

355

ability to query an Access database or Excel spreadsheet containing callbook-style information

370

add totals for band countries, mode countries, DXCC Challenge, etc. to the QSL kind report

371

before creating a backup, verify that the selected volume contains sufficient space

372

if while running Sync LotW QSLs a new band-country or mode-country is confirmed, display a submission reminder if the "Display DXCC Submission reminder" box is checked

389

changing a logged QSO's DXCC prefix in the Main window should automatically perform a new "lookup" and update the Continent, CQ Zone, ITU zone, state, province, Iota tag, gridsquare, etc.

398

option to accept additional information from imported duplicates

410

update Log Page Display control to current version

419

automate the log restore operation

424

if the imported record does not include a DXCC (country code), state, province, CQ zone, or ITU zone tag but does include an ARRL section tag, attempt to determine the missing information from the ARRL section and callsign

447

optional way to visually distinguish QSOs made on different days (in the Log Page display)

449

add a Prev button to the Print Preview window

451

extract previous QSO information during a DDE query in "entity" mode

456

when creating a QSL Queue entry, store a bookmark to the logged QSO; dereference this bookmark in Update Log and Clear QSL Queue to improve performance

457

ability to sort the myQTH table

463

if "check duplicates" is unchecked, verify that the first QSO being imported isn't an exact duplicate; if it is, ask the user whether the operation should continue

470

provide an ADIF audit trail -- append ADIF for each QSO to a specified file, close the file, and re-open the file after each QSO is logged

475

ability to control which QSL pages are printed

476

When a valid callsign C is entered into a QSO's Via item in either the Main or Capture windows, DXKeeper searches the log in reverse chronological order hunting for a QSO whose Via item contains C and whose Address item contains non-empty text A. On finding such a QSO, the original QSO's Address item is set to A.

Be able to invoke this from the Address editor when working in the QSL Queue

479

CTRL-Save in the Address Editor should search the Log Page Display or QSL Queue (depending on where it was invoked) for previous QSOs with the same base callsign or the same QSL Manager and offer to update the address of each; a previous QSO already contains an address, ask the user whether to retain it or overwrite it with the new address

480

add "deleted only" choice to the Award Progress panel on the Main window's Check Progress tab

488

provide the option for the "Add Needed" to generate an outgoing QSL card for any QSO that is needed and unconfirmed

489

If confirmation is needed for any of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "pse QSL!"; if confirmation is needed for none of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "tnx QSL!" or "tnx QSLs!" as a function of the number of QSOs on the label.

497

flag any QSO whose QSL via Bureau box is checked if that QSO's DXCC entity cannot be QSL'd via the bureau (per the augmented DXCC database)

498

ability to specify different default QSL messages for hardcopy, eQSL, and LotW QSLs

505

accept a command line argument that specifies a log filename

506

optionally display and accept frequencies in kilohertz

508

when printing QSL cards or labels, optionally display the common printer dialog so that the user can change the printer selection and/or print quality "on the fly"

515

expand WAS report to include by-band and by-mode tables, and generate HTML with appropriate hyperlinks

523

allow the confirmation line in QSL cards and labels to be user specified (requires substitution commands)

538

provide a means of flagging all QSOs with bad calls

539

reset the eQSL and LotW status (to 'R' if the "initialize eQSL/LotW_Sent to 'R' for each QSO" is set) if the QSO's call, begin (date or time > 30 minutes), mode, band, or "call used" is edited after it has been uploaded; provide the option for the user to confirm this reset

540

generalize the "Add Needed requests all QSOs" option to apply to "Add Requested" as well

542

if "optimize for realtime entry" is checked, change the Main window's background color

543

provide the ability to specify the color of the station's callsign in the confirmation line

566

after executing a UTC "range" filter, position the Log Page Display so that the QSO closest to the center of the range is selected

570

locate QSOs for the same callsign (using the VIA callsign > where present) with different addresses attached to them

576

provide an operation that updates the Iota tags of all selected QSOs by checking the DXCC database

580

when determining whether the current screen is large enough to display a Main window panel in a multi-monitor environment, check the size of the current virtual screen: http://www.vbaccelerator.com/home/VB/Tips/Working_with_Multiple_Monitors/article.asp

587

provide the ability to define new award programs, track submission and verification status for each, report progress, and remove award programs from the set being tracked

591

when updating QSL Queue entries to propagate changes made in the Address Editor, first filter the QSL Queue for matching callsigns, rather than check every QSO on the QSL Queue

616

Since deleted entities count for neither the DXCC Challenge nor the TopList award programs, an automatically generated submission should seek only one phone, one CW and one RTTY verification for each deleted entity

620

On the Config window's General tab, allow the user to define multiple Operator callsigns and select between them

621

accelerate eQSL sync (exploit chronological order of eQSLs and Log recordset)

625

Any QSL Queue entry whose Callsign or Via item maps to a DXCC entity without a QSL Bureau should be flagged

630

Option to set QSL_Sent to 'H', which causes Add Needed and Add Requested to ignore the QSO

645

MY_STATE should be limited to a 2-character abbreviation; provide a means of specifying the full state/province name and an associated substitution command

651

add SSTV to the Progress table

653

during entry or import, flag IOTA, CQ Zone, ITU Zone, or Continent items containing invalid data (defer until user-defined fields are implemented)

656

ability to lookup address information for US stations from the FCC web site

657

report all QSOs whose Callsign-to-DXCC-entity mapping doesn't match its logged DXCC entity

659

ability to filter the QSL Queue (e.g. VIA=BUREAU)

668

allow the user to specify label format via substitution commands

674

CTRL-CFM performs a confirm operation on all QSOs in the Log Page Display after requesting confirmation

675

when Add Needed finds multiple unconfirmed QSOs that could produce a needed confirmation, provide the option to let the user choose which QSO is selected

676

provide an option to generate text reports in HTML

683

when a DX stations' QSOs will be printed on multiple QSL labels, distribute the QSOs evenly rather than N full labels and N-1 partial labels.

690

allow user to specify frequency display format

693

if the full name of a state or province appears in the QTH field for USA or Canadian QSOs respectively, set the STATE or PROVINCE item accordingly

694

provide options for AddNeeded to enqueue *all* unrequested and unconfirmed or just all unconfirmed entities/entity-bands/entity-modes; a QSO whose confirmation has already been requested would not be enqueued)

700

Improved Maidenhead field support

interpret 2-character grid square specifiers as Maidenhead Field specifiers and, if valid, record them in the QSO's Grid item
export 2-character grid square specifiers using the APP_DXKEEPER_MAIDENHEAD_FIELD tag rather than the standard ADIF GRID tag
place imported data from APP_DXKEEPER_MAIDENHEAD_FIELD into the QSO's Grid item unless the standard ADIF GRID tag is present, in which case its associated data takes priority
ignore QSOs before the award cutoff unless overridden by an option setting
automatically set the Maidenhead Field when its unambiguously determinable from the callsign, primary administrative subdivision, secondary administrative subdivision, ARRL section, CQ zone, ITU zone, or IOTA tag
option to "count" LotW confirmations

705

Provide a Boolean "verification" field for each field that captures award tags, including all user-defined text fields . To save space, the state of an award field's verification could be indicated by, say, underlining its caption if its verified. Changing the state of an award field's verification could be accomplished by right-clicking it and choosing "unverified" or "verified" in a popup menu. This would allow "Worked all..." reports to show worked/confirmed/verified status for each award, including those tracked by user-defined items. From an ADIF import/export perspective, the verification tags would all begin with APP_DXKEEPER.

715

ability to single-step or abort script execution

718

provide the ability to scan the log, identifying QSOs whose CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA-tag, Grid Square, State, Country, Province, or ARRL section are inconsistent with their DXCC entity

738

define a CTRL-key shortcut that when struck plays a .wav file associated with the currently-active textbox

739

after 738 is implemented, make the Filter panel textbox receive focus by default unless the New button has been clicked

741

The sort order for QSL cards or labels should be the DX callsign if the QSL manager's callsign is not included on the card or label.

779

option for aging report to place expired QSOs back in QSL Queue

796

manage LotW zombies

797

provide optional journaling of QSOs to an ADIF file

806

provide a means to filter the Log Page Display by "deleted" or "not deleted"

821

provide the ability to change font and background colors, in the log grid and log panels, with the ability to have alternating colors in the log grid

823

provide the ability to specify a windows command to be executed on termination after the log has been closed

825

provide the ability to Log the capture window data, Clear the capture window data, generate a cluster spot, and generate a local from within Commander's Bandspread window, preferably with a small popup window that appears at the cursor position, and that can be configured to remain until dismissed

830

specify an application to run when DXKeeper terminates

831

create a Reports tab on the Config window

832

create a CQ Field report that considers only QSOs dated 1980-1-1 and later

833

add a Needed field whose value is Y if the QSO's confirmation is needed for entity, entity-band, or entity-mode; DXLogModule.Update progress must update all other QSOs with the same entity

838

ability to sort Progress Table by DXCC entity to facilitate reconciliation with DXCC reports

839

save the Log Page Display's row height between operating sessions

843

when QSLing via an ADIF or tab-delimited file, set each QSO's QSL_SENT item to 'P' (for 'printing'). Provide operations that

promote the QSL_SENT item of all QSOs whose QSL_SENT item is 'P' to 'Y' (after successful printing)
demote the QSL_SENT item of all QSOs whose QSL_SENT item is 'P' to 'R' (after printing is aborted)

846

if the mouse cursor hovers over the Main window's IOTA textbox, display a tooltip that displays the Island name

849

automatically determine whether the PC is connected to the internet (see TestConnect prototype)

850

when loading a log, initialize the Default Station Callsign from a setting stored in that log

851

add an Unconfirmable progress status X for entities, entity-bands, and entity modes that is set when all logged QSOs have a QSL_RCVD and LOTW_QSL_RCVD set to X (and eQSL_QSL_RCVD if "include eQSL..." is enabled)

852

in contest mode, differentiate between duplicates on the same band (red) and duplicates on different bands (blue)

854

in contest mode, entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Tab key should not clear the TX#

855

modifying a QSO after the fact should not change its date/time

857

callsign table that captures notes associate with each callsign

859

provide an option to hide the Aux panel's QSO# item

864

with a callsign, frequency, and mode specified in the Capture window, striking the Enter key in the call textbox should indicate whether working the station would provide a new means of confirming an unworked and desired entity, entity-band, or entity-mode

867

provide the ability to switch the QSL Via panel between cards or labels, LotW, and eQSL.cc without clearing and repopulating the QSO Queue; consider doing this by providing the ability to filter the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs present in the QSL Queue

872

provide the option to display frequencies in kilohertz

875

move the default QSL_MSG to the QSL Config window

884

add PAS and SAS to the VUCC progress report

890

provide the option to highlight alternate rows in the Log Page Display, with control over color and font

891

provide the option to use band instead of frequency when checking for duplicates during import

900

provide the option to sort generated QSLs in order of "date and time received" for DXpeditioners and QSL managers wanting outgoing cards printed in the order their incoming cards (and envelopes) were processed

905

to support access to multiple LotW and eQSL.cc accounts, display a window that captures a username and password if an LotW username or password is not specified; provide a box that when checked saved the specified username and password for future use. (for eQSL, use DownloadADIF.cfm parameters per 2006-08-04 email)

909

maintain an optional "ADIF audit file", to which it would append an ADIF record of each QSO as it was logged. The location of this audit file would be user-specified.

913

provide a means to tracking

LotW certificate expirations
FCC license expiration
personal callsigns with start and end dates

914

provide the option of making the last line on a 3-column label be the QSL message

915

JARTS Cabrillo support:

http://www.edsoftz.com/JARTS/2006/cabrillo.html

917

produce a WAZ report showing matrix of the 40 zones on one axis and the bands on the other matrix

920

accept DDE messages that populate Capture window textboxes and selectors

924

the QSL queue should remember the operator's specified sort order, column widths, and column order across operating sessions and QSL operations

927

when performing a previous QSO search, make the "last first name" available to the external application that initiated the search

928

provide the option to separately specify the font metrics for an envelope's and return address and address, and an envelope label's address.

944

provide the option to check a callsign against SpotCollector's "Special Callsign List", color coding the Capture window's Callsign textbox accordingly and returning this information to WinWarbler

945

provide the option to automatically generate a local spot of each logged station

946

Instead of graying out the other QSL Mode options when the QSL Queue is populated, leave them enabled, but display a "you must first clear the QSL Queue" message if the user attempts to change modes with the QSL Queue non-empty.

950

provide a new entry in the menu that appears when right-clicking in DXKeeper's Log Page Display that displays a small window bearing a band/mode progress display populated by the QSOs are present in the Log Page Display

952

provide an SQL query generator

953

ability to generate SWL confirmations via eQSL.cc

954

option to print each address label twice (once to address main envelope, once as return address on SASE)

956

do not upload to LotW or eQSL.cc any QSO whose QSL_RCVD, LOTW_QSL_RCVD, or EQSL_QSL_RCVD item is set to 'I'

959

color code the Capture window callsign according to need using colors defined in SpotCollector

965

extend the mode filter to isolate PSK-125 QSOs

967

preprocess <BANDFILTER> , <MODEFILTER> , <UTCFILTER> and <TRANSCEIVERBAND> substitution commands in SQL expressions

969

when performing a SyncLotWQSL operation in which discrepancies will be resolved by either preserving the log data or overwriting the log data with LotW data, create a report detailing each discrepancy and its resolution

971

expand the gridsquare progress reports to show Verified as well as Confirmed statistics

973

provide the ability to specify "missing quadrants" when printing QSL cards, just as one can specify missing labels when printing QSL labels

975

if the user changes the DXCC entity of a logged QSO, ask whether the CQ zone, ITU zone, lat/lon, Continent, and IOTA tag should also be updated

976

provide a right-click menu option to generate a print preview of a QSL card

980

if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to 'B', optimize QSL card and Label formats for buro processing by placing the "DX callsign via Manager callsign" on the top line

982

provide the option of specifying STATION_CALLSIGN in each my QTH

983

add entries to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu:

- show previous QSOs with (callsign of the selected QSO)

- show previous QSOs with (DXCC entity of the selected QSO

984

Clicking the CFM button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab for a QSO whose entity-band and entity-mode are are either Submitted or Verified but not both verified results in the message "This QSL card confirms an unverified entity-band and/or entity-mode already submitted to the DXCC desk"

988

provide he ability to display the QSL message at the bottom of a 3-column QSL label, and still have up to 3 QSO's confirmed on the same label

1006

enable specification of the format of QSL dates shown on the Main window's Log QSOs tab - or just use the Windows default

1009

support <fieldname,#> where # is word number in Modify QSOs panel and scripts

1010

when displaying an additional panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab would result in the Main window consuming more than the available screen space, provide a better response than the current one

1011

convert Auxiliary panel Select selector to a checkbox

1012

add the ability to select or deselect a QSO to the Log Page Display right mouse menu

1013

add the choice of M (for Manager) for QSL_SENT_VIA and QSL_RCVD_VIA

1017

DDE or UDP mechanism to populate the Capture window with QSO info

1019

with Contest Mode enabled, configure the Capture window layout in a manner optimal for contesting

1025

allow the user to specify a default Log Page Display filter that would be applied whenever the user performs an action that in the current implementation would reset the Log Page Display filter

1040

optionally maintain date&time-stamped copies of the ADIF files
downloaded from LotW in response to "Sync LotW QSLs" operations in an "LotW Archives" folder

1044

add a new "non-realtime Capture" window that makes it easier to quickly enter QSO data from a paper logbook

1045

provide a "current entities only" option in the "DXCC Submission" panel on the Config window's Awards tab

1055

allow "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" to be disabled without disabling Contest Mode

1058

initialize MY_RIG from Commander's current transceiver name

1059

provide option to specify multiple eQSL usernames and choose from a selector

1061

harvest information when importing from a duplicate QSO

1062

provide a "buro preference" option that when enabled

sets QSL_SENT_VIA to 'B' when QSL_SENT is set to 'Y'
sets QSL_RCVD_VIA to 'B' when QSL_RCVD is set to 'R'

1082

SHIFT-ENTER in the Main or Capture window's Call textbox should glean information about this callsign as you from previous QSOs, the DXCC database, and the callbook (if present) and use that information to populate any items that are either empty or could change as a result of a callsign change

1084

provide the option to include a captured grid square in outgoing spot notes

1085

provide a progress indicator for the "Update LotW Membership" function

1087

expand the WPX report to list the prefix, callsign, worked/confirmed status, and mode for each worked/confirmed prefix

add additional award objective checkboxes to the DXCC/Top panel in the Config window's Awards tab:

all bands in Phone
all bands in CW
all bands in RTTY

convey this information to SpotCollector, and extend the Add Needed function to take it into account

1089

if the Capture or Main window's DXCC selector is set manually, update the QSO's CQ, ITU, Continent, and IOTA tags if they are unambiguous

1090

when opening a database whose pathname is hardwired, check for a .accdb prefix if the .mdb prefix is not found

1092

provide a "recover log from LotW" option

1093

add optional start and end dates to each myQTH, and flag a QSO as broken if its start or end date falls outside the range specified by its assigned myQTH

1099

only initialize a new QSO's satellite name and mode from the specified defaults if its Propagation mode is set to SAT, and provide a Propagation Mode selector in the Capture window

1105

Provide a means of changing the Buro/Direct selection on multiple QSL Queue items simultaneously

by using the Address editor to update entries with identical callsigns
by setting all enabled entries to one value or another

1106

provide the ability to specify a value to which QSL_RCVD_VIA is set when the CFM button is clicked

1107

extend the Recompute function to generate a report showing the user's DXCC award progress chronologically (similar to an import progress report)

1109

provide the ability to generate LotW location information from the QSO's 'my QTH'

1127

add an Antenna item to Details panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

1130

consider the use of drop-down selectors that incrementally filter the remaining choices based on what's been typed so far

1134

compute and display bandpoints in the WAE progress report

1147

Operations that add QSLs to the QSL Queue should display the number of unique callsigns in the QSL Queue

1147

extend the "Allow direct Subdivision entry" option apply to the Capture window

1156

extend the script mechanism to include queries on entity progress

FilterDXCCEntityProgress SQL-expression - apply the filter to the log's Progress table, referencing the entity prefix or country code, and progress by band and/or mode.
ReportDXCCEntityProgress report-filename - generate a listing of all DXCC entities that "pass" the filter, showing the status (unworked/requested/worked/confirmed/verified) for each

1166

provide an import option that when enabled checks each imported QSO for previous QSOs and populates the imported QSO with information harvested from those previous QSOs

1171

replace the use of MsgBox with a Notification window that is "always on top" and remembers its position between operating sessions

1177

when saving a modified address using the Address Editor that was invoked from the QSL Queue, check for other QSOs in the QSL Queue with the same QSL Manager and offer to update their address as well

1188

Global QSL support: don't add "via buro" cards to QSL Queue if the callsign or QSL_Via callsign is from a country without a QSL bureau: http://www.iaru.org/iaruqsl.html - The only exceptions are FM,FG,FY and FH. These countries have no qsl bureau but the REF forwards the cards for them.

1204

when manually setting a QSO's DXCC entity, set its continent, WPX, CQ Zone, and ITU zone (if not already specified and unambiguous)

1219

expand the DXCC progress table to track confirmation by card and by LotW for each entity

1273

provide the option to include times in the filenames of generated reports

1294

add a QSL Information item that is propagated to the QSL Queue, printed in the Address Report, and modifiable via the Address Editor

1298

provide a tabular display of award progress for previous QSOs with a station

1300

provide a Modify QSOs and Scripts option that zero-extends a specified user-defined field to a specified number of digits so that user-defined fields containing numeric data will sort correctly

1301

provide the option to assume that LotW Station Location names are of the form QTHID-StationCallsign, modify the "Add Requested" operation with the "QSL Via" panel set to "LotW" to ignore QSOs whose QTH-StationCallsign doesn't match the currently-selected Station Location, and allow the Station Location to be selected from the Main window's QSL tab

1311

Add fields for CHECK, PRECEDENCE, and CLASS to the Main window's Contest panel

1334

before performing an upgrade that requires the QSL Queue to be emptied, inform the user and provide the option to terminate before upgrading the log

1375

expand the width of the Callsign field from 13 to 16

1376

when resolving an LotW conflict results in a change in State, change the ARRL section if it's unambiguously determinable from the new State, or prompt the user to specify the ARRL section

1377

provide the ability to specify the date format in DXKeeper independently of the Windows Control Panel setting

1378

extend the WAZ Progress Report to show submission statistics

1396

extend the IOTA database with one table for each DXCC entity with IOTA tags, and then convert the IOTA boxes in the Capture window and Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to selectors when a QSO specifies a DXCC entity

1442

provide a "no dup band-modes" option for "Add Needed"

1465

allow QSL label configurations to be read from and saved to a file in DXKeeper's Label folder, and encourage users to upload label configuration files to a folder in the DXLab reflector's Files area

1492

provide realtime DXCC award tracking for Satellites

1496

display a QSO's QSL message on the bottom of a 3-column label if the "confirm multiple QSOs per QSL" option is disabled

1500

provide a document viewer that identifies and highlights needed callsigns

1511

log 6-character grid squares returned by a DXCC database lookup (requires DXView enhancement #256)

1514

when Contest Mode is enabled, lookup and harvest information from all previous QSOs, and inspect results to locate contest dups

1561

provide the ability to import a file via a script command

1578

provide an option to automatically populate the QSO entry window from Bandspread window with the call when tuning the band

1586

extend "Sync LotW QSLs" to display a window showing the logged QSOs current items and the information reported by LotW before prompting the user to choose between the logged QSO and the LotW-reported information for an individual item.

1587

when performing a callbook update,

- don't populate STATE with information inconsistent with DXCCID

- don't populate CNTY with information inconsistent with STATE

1591

Provide a more visible way to indicate that an item's label is underlined, drawing cursor focus to that item

1593

provide the ability to vet callsigns against a "Supercheck Partial" database provided by DXKeeper and derived from ClubLog (requires DXView enhancement 259)

1594

when generating an ADIF file for submission via "Online DXCC", sort it in ascending order of callsign (with QSOs confirmed on the same QSL card adjacent)

1598

provide the option to generate the WAZ Award Progress Report in a folder containing multiple .htm files, one for each section so they can be independently printed

1600

when uploading to LotW, automatically select the appropriate "LotW Station Location" based on each QSO's "station callsign" and MyQTH

1604

provide a means of specifying an eQSL nickname and password for each station callsign

1650

provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to HRDLog

1678

when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, suppress CQ zone and Marathon Zone recomputation, keep track of any zones requiring recomputation, and recompute zones requiring recomputation once after synchronization is complete

1680

add SIG and SIG_INFO to DXKeeper's Capture window

1703

add a RTTY-only category to DXCC realtime award tracking

1715

when printing QSL cards 4-up, provide settings to position where printing is placed within the card

1737

provide a means to specify a Callsign Certificate password to be used with each LotW Station Location

1742

provide the option to obtain transmit power from Commander (requires Commander enhancement #622

1782

DARC WAG Cabrillo generation

1803

provide a mechanism that verifies that the selected Marathon Score Sheet version in B1 is correct

1813

provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to QRZLog

1863

provide the option to generate a submission assembly report for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX without actually assembling a submission

1875

provide an ADIF Import option to update existing QSOs from the information in an ADIF file:

fill in new information
update existing information like QSL status
conflict resolution options like those provided for Sync LoTW QSLs

1876

provide an ADIF Import option to query the Special Callsign database and insert tags into comment fields

1889

extend the Card Aging function to support the USA-CA award

2013

provide a submission generator for the Tara Digital award

2019

when importing an ADIF file, automatically define and assign "my QTHs" if enough information is present to do so

2020

with “Log Special Callsign tags” enabled, extend "Recompute" to update each QSO's Comment item with special callsign tags

2021

when resetting a WPX or DXCC or IOTA submission, shift to batch recompilation if more than 100 QSOs

2040

change the RX_Pwr item from an integer to a number, and extend the "Power Precision" setting to govern its appearance in the Log Page Display

2060

with Commander running, the Callsign Progress window should highlight the transceiver's current band and mode

2092

when changing the "style" of a user-defined item between alphanumeric and numeric, change the database field data type so that the field can be properly sorted

2147

provide the option to specify a callsign-to-value cross-reference file for each user-defined item that is used to populate the user-defined item with a value when a QSO is logged

2191

provide an operation that updates each QSO in the Log Page Display with information mined from previous QSOs with the same callsign

2217

maintain a "last eQSL Sync date" for each Nickname, and automatically switch when a new Nickname is specified

2271

Upgrade Canada Progress report to encompass all bands by province as is done for the WAS Progress report

2272

Provide an all-band Mexico Progress like the WAS Progress report

2276

Extend the Marathon report generator to set a QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it's included in a Marathon Progress Report

or Submission

2279

provide the option to color-code the Capture window callsign using the colors defined in SpotCollector

2280

provide a "worked all US counties" report that provides a "county x band" matrix for each state

2288

support WAS band-mode endorsements as award objectives

2292

provide web-based access to award progress information

2304

track Club Log matches using this API: https://clublog.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/175988-checking-for-log-matches

2322

support multiple callsign progress windows

2326

provide realtime award tracking for "RTTY only"

2327

provide realtime award tracking for a second user-specified digital mode award family

2334

update secondary subdivision database to reflect RDA changes announced in http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt

2348

add the option to display 3 columns of panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab

2421

provide a way to specify a myQTH to be used for Marathon

2452

generate an N1MM-style CONTACT UDP message when a new QSO is logged

2483

track state-band-mode progress for WAS

2605

set IOTA_verify = 'S' based on the IOTA Export.csv (download QSOs) file:

<https://www.iota-world.org/my-application/download-qsoss.html

2614

enable the user to configure the positions of the sub-panels in the Main window's "Online QSL panel

2618

maintain a new "Realtime Award Tracking for DXCC confirmed by Club Log" table

2624

add SIG and SIGINFO items to the Capture Window

2645

add a Marathon check box to each myQTH (for remote operation)

2646

add HF and VHF categories to IOTA Realtime Award Tracking: https://www.iota-world.org/iota-directory/iota-programme-rules/awards-and-performance-listings/iota-programme-awards-and-performance-listings-2.html

If you have questions or suggestions, please post them on the DXLab Discussion Group.